Pali Roots in Saddaniti

PALI ROOTS
IN
SADDANTI
Pali Roots in Saddanti Dhtu-Ml compared with Pinya-Dhtupha
VENERABLE U SILANANDA
EDITOR U NANDISENA
Pali Roots in Saddanti 2001, Venerable U Silananda Electronic version 1.0 Last updated: Monday, January 21, 2002
iv
CONTENTS
Introduction ........................................ v-xiii Guide to Pali Roots .................. Abbreviations .......................... xiv-xvi xvii
B i b l i o g r a p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii-xxi Pali Roots in Saddanti Dhtu-Ml compared with Piniya-Dhtupha ...... 1-185 Meaning of Pali Roots ............... Index...................................... Author................................................ 186-258 259-260 261
iv
INTRODUCTION
Why this book? Even the author of Saddanti Dhtuml who often criticized those who wrote their works following the style of Sanskrit relied on the Pinya Dhtupha when he wrote his Saddanti
Dhtuml. Ever since I found this statement while I was still a novice of about 18 years of age,
I had wanted to compare Saddanti Dhtuml with Pinya Dhtupha, but my knowledge of Sanskrit was rather elementary at that time and also I could not get a copy of the Dhtupha. Even later when my knowledge of Sanskrit improved and I got hold of a copy of the Dhtupha, being occupied with my duties and responsibilities at the Sixth Buddhist Council, I was unable to make a comparative study of the roots in both books. But in 1975 I got a chance to make that study. In the course of my study I found or discovered many good points and not so good points in the book. I felt that I should share my findings with all those who were interested in Saddanti and Pi roots. So in 1976 I wrote a book in Burmese presenting my findings, and it was published in Burma in 1977. In my book I explained in detail some of my findings and as an appendix to the book I included the comparison of roots in Dhtuml with those in Dhtupha in tabular form. The comparison which has been transliterated from the Burmese Pali into Romanized Pali together with a translation of the meaning of the roots into English and Spanish in the tabular form given in the next section of this book is taken from my book in Burmese with minor changes here and there. Pi and Sanskrit Both Pi and Sanskrit are now ancient languages. They belong to the Indo-Aryan family of languages. Sanskrit is the language of what is now known as Hinduism and Pi is the language of Theravda Buddhism. Among the two, Sanskrit (or at least the older Vedic Sanskrit) is definitely older than Pli, since we know from comparative study of the two languages that the majority of the Pli words are derived from Sanskrit. Although the language we now find in the
Introduction
vi
Theravda Buddhist literature is called Pi, this name was never used in the Texts, Commentaries and Subcommentaries to refer to this language. The names they used are 1. Ariyaka (Vinaya Piaka, i. 33, Samantapsdik, i. 220), 2. Dhammanirutti and Sabhvanirutti (Vibhaga, 307, Sammohavinodan, 370-1), 3. Mgadhabhs (Samantapsdik, i. 220), 4. Mgadhik bhs (Paisambhidmagga Ahakath, i. 5), 5. Tantibhs (Dhammapada Ahakath, i. 2), 6. Mlabhs (Paisambhidmagga Ahakath, i. 5, Mahvasa, 37, 244), and 7. Pakatibhs (Vajirabuddhi k, 291, Sratthadpan k, iii. 6). All treatises in Pli of grammar, lexicography, rhetoric and prosody were based on older Sanskrit counterparts. Thus we know that Kaccyana, the Pi grammar was based on the Sanskrit grammar called Ktantra or Kalpa Vykaraa; the Pi grammar of Moggallna was based on Cndra Vykaraa; the Abhidhnappadpik, a Pi lexicon, was based on
Amarakoa; the Pi Subodhlakra was based on Kvydara and the Pli Vuttodaya was
based on Vttaratnkara. Saddanti and its Author
Saddanti is the most comprehensive Pi grammar ever written. Its author was the Venerable
Aggavasa of Arimaddana (modern Pagan or Bagan) in Myanmar. Although we do not know his date, the available internal and external evidence shows that he must have lived in late 12th century A. D. or early 13th century A. D. He wrote his grammar in three parts. The first part, called Padaml, deals with conjugation of the root bh, the declension of the words formed with the root bh, and declension of nouns and exposition thereof in great detail. The second part, Dhtuml, deals with roots, their meanings, words formed with the roots and detailed explanation. It also gives us the examples of the roots from the Texts and Commentaries as much as possible. The third part is called Suttaml. It is definitely based on the grammar of Kaccyana although it is far more comprehensive than Kaccyana. It is interesting to note that
vi
Introduction
vii
the eighth chapter of this grammar deals with the four parts of speech in Pi, and in the ninth and last chapter the author dealt with the style of the language in the Texts, Commentaries, Subcommentaries and other treatises. Towards the end of this chapter he mentioned the three kinds of kaths (talks, taken from the Anuk to Kathvatthu), five members of syllogism, 32 Tantrayuttis (ways of understanding treatises), all in some detail. Since Saddanti is the most comprehensive of the Pi grammars, and is based essentially on the Pi literature, the Texts, Commentaries, Subcommentaries, etc., Pi scholars of Myanmar and Sri Lanka had and still have great respect for it. The following is an excerpt from the History
of Buddhas Religion, which is the translation of a Pi work called Ssanavasa which is

essentially a translation of the older work in Myanmar language, called Ssanlakra.
And at that time the fame that the people of the city of Arimaddana, who were wellposted in grammar were many, spread as far as the island of Lak. So those belonging to the island of Shala who knew grammar well being anxious to examine (it) [Saddanti] went to the city of Arimaddana. Then the monks who lived in the city of Arimaddana showed (them) the book Saddanti. And when those belonged to the island of Shala had seen it and thought thus: In the subject of grammar there is no book like this in the island of Shala, even the detailed analysis as contained in this book we do not know, they spoke highly in various ways. The account has not been lost up to this day. (History of Buddhas
Religion, 81.)
Pi and Sanskrit roots Roots are called dhtu in both Sanskrit and Pi. It means an essential and basic element of a word. It is defined as that which holds its own meaning and meaning of others as well.1 Since it
Dht iti ken atthena dhtu? Sakattham pi dhret ti dhtu; atthtisayayogato parattham pi dhret ti
dhtu. Saddantipadaml, 2. There are other definitions also.
vii
Introduction
viii
is an essential and basic part of a word, most words in Pi as well as in Sanskrit are made up of a dhtu and a paccaya (suffix). The word dhtu itself is made up of the root dh and the suffix tu. The words pacati, paccati, pacyate, pacita, pakka, pacitu, pacitv, pacanta, pacamna are all made up with the root paca with different suffixes and terminations. So we can easily see the root of the words when we compare the different forms they take in different places. For the convenience of those who studied the language, the authors of old compiled all the available dhtus from the language in a list, and that list came to be known as Dhtupha. In that list the meanings of the roots were also given along with the roots. When they gave the meanings they gave following the tradition of giving the meanings in the locative case, as bh sattya, the root bh is in the sense of existing, and so on. They also divide the roots into groups called Gaas, and roots belonging to a particular group share the same conjugational sign called vikaraa. Thus the roots bh and paca belong to the same group and so they share the vikaraa a. When words are formed, especially the finite verbs, these vikaraas are employed after the roots and before the terminations. Thus, for instance, when the termination ti has been put after the root bh, and the vikaraa a is employed after it, the necessary changes follow until the word bhavati is formed (see Guide to Pali Roots for a detailed explanation). In the Pinya Dhtupha the Sanskrit roots are divided into ten groups, and they have their own vikaraas as follows:
GAA VIKARAA
1. Bhvdi Gaa 2. Addi Gaa 3. Juhotydi Gaa 4. Divdi Gaa 5. Svdi Gaa 6. Tuddi Gaa
ap (a) ap, then elided (zero) lu, then elided (zero) yan (ya) nu (nu) a (a)
viii
Introduction
GAA VIKARAA
ix
7. Rudhdi Gaa 8. Tandi Gaa 9. Krydi Gaa 10. Curdi Gaa
nam (nam) u (u) n (n) ic (i)
But in Pi, roots are divided into 7 or 8 Gaas as follows:

GAA VIKARAA
1. Bhvdi Gaa 2. Rudhdi Gaa 3. Divdi Gaa 4. Svdi Gaa 5. Kiydi Gaa 6. Gahdi Gaa 7. Tandi Gaa 8. Curdi Gaa
a +a ya u, , u n ppa, h o, yir e, aya
Because Kaccyana has the sutta Gahdito ppa-h, Saddanti took it to be indicative of the separate Gaa, Gahdi, and so according to Saddanti there are 8 Gaas in Pi. But
Rpasiddhi, though it presents suttas in Kaccyana but in a different order, does not take that
sutta to indicate a separate Gaa. So according to Rpasiddhi there are only 7 Gaas in Pi, including the root gaha in Kiydi Gaa. Rpasiddhi also includes the three GaasAddi, Juhotydi and Tuddiin the Bhvdi Gaa. Saddanti Dhtuml
Saddanti Dhtuml is not just a list of Pi roots and their meanings. It also gives the examples
taken from the Pli Texts and the Commentaries as much as possible and detailed explanations, often lengthy. It also gives us the additional information mostly culled from the
ix
Introduction
Texts and the Commentaries. So the form of presentation in it is: root, its meaning, example/s, explanation and additional information. Although it divides the roots into eight Gaas, within each Gaa, the roots are given in alphabetical order of the end letters. In alphabetizing the roots it ignores the end vowels. So in it the root kakkha, for example, is included in the roots ending in the letter kh, and rudhi in those ending in dh. In Pi grammatical treatises such as N ysa and Rpasiddhi (both commentaries on Kaccyanas grammar) as in the Sanskrit treatises, most roots are shown with the vowel at the end, as paca, gamu, divu, rudhi, kara, cura, etc. In Kaccyana as well as in Saddanti there is a sutta by which the elision of that last vowel is enjoined. But Moggallna Thera who was the author of Moggallna grammar thinks that these end vowels are just indicatory letters put for some purpose and so there is no need to have a sutta for their elision. In his opinion they are assumed non-existent when words are formed. In Sanskrit dhtuphas, roots are also shown with letters to indicate some peculiar feature relating to them. Knowledge of these indicatory letters is very helpful when reading the dhtuphas. I would like to refer the reader to the book called Dhturpacandrik for the explanation of the letters. The result of that study is presented in the next section. As a result of my study I came to have more admiration for the author who achieved such a difficult task. His was not the time of computers, nor of printed books. He had to use the manuscripts where, to save space, no spaces were used between words. Sothelinesreadlikethissentenceinthosemanuscripts. To make matters worse these manuscripts were full of scribal errors that were inevitable under the circumstances. Since the author had to rely on such imperfect manuscripts, it is no wonder that errors would creep in into his work. That is why I came to find errors in the book.
Introduction These errors can be classified as follows: 1. Those apparently made by the author himself, and 2. Those apparently made by the scribes.
xi
The first kind of errors can be divided into 1) those regarding roots, 2) those regarding meanings of roots, 3) those regarding both, 4) those regarding explanations given for meanings of roots, and 5) those made through misunderstanding of the Dhtupha. I cannot go into details about these errors. I can only refer the readers to a few roots where they can see for themselves. For type-1 errors: dhakhi, ghu abhigamane, kuda-khuda-guda, d sandpane, labha bhaane, sulla sajjane, etc. For type-2 errors: muccha mohamucchsu, ucha pipsya, khaa kase, kadi velambe, gdha paihnissayagandhesu, etc. For type-3 errors: uda mode kya ca, chadi ujjhane, hasu lige, hu pasajjakarae, etc. For type-4 errors: dikkha muiyopanayananiyabbatdesesu, maci dhraucchyapjanesu, nida neda kucchsannikarisesu, tla nikkarse, etc. For type-5 errors: In the Dhtupha sentences like bh sattym are called dhtustras, i.e., they give the root and the meaning. There are other stras that are called Gaastras. They indicate a particular root belongs to a certain group, so they are not to be taken as giving just the root and its meaning. At least there are three such Gaastras in the Dhtupha, namely, (i) amo darane, (ii) yamo pariveane and (iii) hantyarth ca which the author mistook as dhtustras and treated as such. (See sama adassane, yama parivesane and ghaa saghe hantytthe ca in Saddanti.)
xi
Introduction
xii
The second kind of errors can be divided into 1) those in roots, 2) those in meanings, and 3) those in both. These errors were made because in the manuscripts the Burmese letters c and v, dh and v, m and dh, th and dh, p and s, d and r, s and h, v and ta look very similar to each other and so it is very easy to read one for the other. For type-1 errors: byca, seca, khija, kuhi, pa; hildi, ddhi, ubbi, tubbi, phyi (error in vowels); vaca (v for c), vakka (v for dh), masa (m for dh); dhaka (dh for th), panu (p for s), dica (d for r), sha balakkre (s for ha), vsi (v for ta), haa (h for s),etc. For type-2 errors: cajja jacca paribhsanavajjanesu (v for t), bhaa bhattiya (tt for t), ghura abhimatthasaddesu (abhimattha for bhmattha), santa mappayoge ( for s), etc. For type-3 errors: buja vajiranibbese for phujja vajiranipphese, nidapi nidampane for nirapi nirampane, cevi cetantulye for vev vetin tulye. * * * * * Regarding the roots and their meanings, we faithfully follow the Six Buddhist Council Edition of
Saddanti Dhtuml although in some cases the reading in Smiths edition is preferable.
Following the original tradition, translation of the meanings of the roots is given in verbal nouns in locative case as, e. g., kara karane = the root kara is in the sense of doing or making, and not as in modern times as, e. g., = kara is in the sense of to go. In order to inform those who are not familiar with the traditional study of Pali grammar, especially the formation of words, we give sample procedures of forming a verb and a noun elsewhere in this introduction (Guide to Pali Roots). I prepared this book with the able help of Venerable U Nandisena, an Argentine-born Buddhist monk who has been my student for many years. The Spanish translation was also made by him
xii
Introduction
xiii
because I do not know Spanish. I cannot thank him enough for assisting me in preparing this book and for translating it into Spanish. Without him this book would not have been prepared at all. In the near future I intend to bring out my detailed study of some roots in Saddanti Dhtuml compared with those in Pinya Dhtupha.
U Silananda Dhammananda Vihara Half Moon Bay, CA, USA. Wednesday, August 04, 1999
xiii
xiv
GUIDE TO PALI ROOTS
Conjugational Groups
GROUP
TOTAL ROOTS
CONJUGATIONAL SIGN (VIKARAA)
REMARKS
(GAA)
I II III IV V VI VII VIII
BHVDIGAA RUDHDIGAA
1110 18
a -a ya u, , u n ppa, h o, yira e, aya
.......... to be inserted after first syllable .......... is not an indicatory letter .......... .......... .......... indicates strengthening of vowel of 1st syllable if not already long or followed by double consonant
DIVDIGAA SVDIGAA KIYDIGAA GAHDIGAA TANDIGAA CURDIGAA
104 30 32 10 14 399
xiv
Guide to Pali Roots
xv
Guide to Pali Roots

ROOT AND ROOT MEANING FROM ROOT AND MEANING FROM SADDANTI-DHTUML (SD) ROOT GROUP AND PAGE PINYA-DHTUPHA
(PD)
# FROM SD
ROOT GROUP AND ROOT # FROM PD
Pali
English
Spanish
Pali Root
raz pali
Root Meaning significado de la raz
Ref. Ref. VIII 348
Sanskrit Root raz snscrita
Root Meaning significado de raz
Ref. Ref. X 371
asa
saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. kuilagatiya = moving crookedly || ir torcidamente. lakkhae = marking; mark || marca, seal. lakkhae = marking (saa) || marca, seal. thavane = praising (thuti) || elogiar, alabar. byattisakhtesu = pervading and telling || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir y decir; anunciar.
asa
samghte
aka aki aki akka akkha
I 12, 210 I 16
ak a ak i aka ark a ak
kuily gatau lakae pade lakae ca stavane, tapane ity eke vyptau
I 829
I 87
VIII 281 VIII 283 I 22
X 382
X 102
I 684
Note: The dash () separates the various meanings of the Pali root. Here byatti, pervading, is the first meaning, and sakhta, telling, the second meaning. The parallel bars ( || ) separate the English and Spanish meanings.
xv
Guide to Pali Roots

PALI ROOTS MAY HAVE 1,
xvi
A ROOT IS A PRIMITIVE ELEMENT OF THE LANGUAJE
2, OR 3 SYLLABLES
ROOT
(DHTU)
PALI ROOTS CONSIST OF TWO PARTS: (I) THE ROOT ITSELF AND (II) AN END VOWEL (DHTVANTA) THE END VOWEL IN 2+ SYLLABLE ROOTS IS ELIDED BEFORE THE CONJUGATIONAL SIGN IS PLACED ROOTS HAVING I AS END VOWEL INSERT AFTER THE 1ST SYLLABLE
FORMING VERBS
FORMING NOUNS
# 1
STEPS PUT DOWN THE ROOT
EXAMPLE
# 1 2 3
STEPS PUT DOWN THE ROOT ELIDE LAST VOWEL PUT SUFFIX AFTER THE ROOT STRENGTHEN THE 1ST VOWEL OF THE ROOT
EXAMPLE
PACA (COOKING-GROUP I) Y
(GOING-GROUP I, III)
PACA (COOKING-GROUP I) PAC PAC PC
IF ROOT HAS 2 OR MORE SYLLABLES ELIDE LAST VOWEL PUT THE VERBAL TERMINATION (VIBHATTI) AFTER THE ROOT PUT CONJUGATIONAL SIGN BETWEEN ROOT AND INFLECTIONAL ENDING END FORMING THE WORD
PAC
+ +
VU (=AKA) AKA
PAC Y
TI
(3A PERS. SG.) (3A PERS. SG.)
TI
PAC Y
+ +
A A
+ +
TI TI
6
END FORMING THE STEM INSERT THE CASE TERMINATION END FORMING THE WORD
PCAKA (ONE WHO COOKS) PCAKA
SI (= O)
PACATI (HEL/SHE COOKS) YTI

(HE/SHE GOES)
PCAKO (MASC., NOMINATIVE

SINGULAR)
Note: This chart is just an illustration of the process of forming verbs and nouns from the roots. The actual formation of verbs and nouns may imply additional steps and further grammatical operations.
PALI
ALPHABET
a, , i, , u, , e, o, , k, kh, g, gh, , c, ch, j, jh, , , h, , h, , t, th, d, dh, n, p, ph, b, bh, m, y, r, l, v, s, h, .

xvi
xvii
ABBREVIATIONS
C. DP Durga Kalpadruma Kappa-k Katre Ktantra K. Maitreyarakita Majar Ns. SD Smith Vasu
Cndra Vykaraa Dhtupha as appended to The Siddhnta Kaumud in Devangar script Name of Author Kavikalpadruma, Vopadeva, Calcutta, 1904 k to above Adhyy of Pini, translated by Sumitra M. Katre Kalpavykaraa Krataragi Name of Author Dhtumajar Saddanti-Dhtuml Nissaya Saddanti-Dhtuml Saddanti-Dhtuml, edited by Helmer Smith The Siddhnta Kaumud, Bhaoji Dkita, Vol. I-II, edited and translated into English by ra Chandra Vasu
xvii
xviii
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abhidhnappadpik k, Moggallna. Sixth Buddhist Council, Yangon, 1964. Abhidhnappadpik Sci, Caturagabala. Ratanvd Piakat, Yangon, 1957. A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, Sir M. Monier-Williams. Motilal Banarsidass 1981. Adhyy of Pini, translated by Sumitra M. Katre. Motilal Banarsidass 1989. Blavatra, Dhammakitti, Zabu Meit Swe Press, Yangon, 1938. Blavatra, Dhammakitti, Icchasaya Pitakat Press, Yangon, 1973. Cndra Dhtupha, Part of Cndra Vykaraa, Dr. Bruno Liebich, Leipzig, 1902 Dhtupaccaya Dpan, Bhaddanta Varasambodhi Thera. Icchasaya Pitakat Press, Yangon, 1993. Dhtu-Pha, The Roots of Language, Stephen R. Hill and Peter G. Harrison. Munshiram Manoharlal 1991. Dhtvattha Pankone, Ven. U Kumra. Published by Pram Press, Yangon, 1998. Dhtvattha Sagaha Pi Nissya, U Visuddhcra. Published by Daw Phwar Khin & Brother U Hla Maung-Samata Press 1952. Kaccyana-Bykaraa, Kaccyana. Sixth Buddhist Council Edition (Burmese Script) 1993. Krataragi , Krasvmin, Ed. Yudhiir Mmasak, Amtasr, India, 2014 Savat. Niruttidpan, Ledi Sayadaw, edicin del Sexto Concilio Buddhista (1970). Padarpasiddhi, Buddhappiya. Sixth Buddhist Council Edition (Burmese Script) 1994. Pali-English Dictionary, Rhys Davids and Stede. Pali Text Society 1992. Pali Literature and Language, Wilhelm Geiger. University of Calcuta 1956. Rpasiddhibhsk, U Janaka. Published by New Burma Pitaka Press, Amarapura. Vol. I 1954 -Vol. II 1957.
xviii
Bibliography
xix
Saddantippakaraa-Dhtuml, Aggavasa. Sixth Buddhist Council Edition (Burmese Script) 1964. Saddanti-Dhtuml, Aggavasa. Roman Script. Edited by Helmer Smith. Lund, C. W. K. Gleerup 1929. Saddanti-Dhtuml Nissya, U But. Sixth Buddhist Council Edition (Burmese Script) 1979. The Sanskrit Dhtuphas, G. B. Palsule. University of Poona 1961. The Siddhnta Kaumud , Bhaoji Dkita, Vol. I-II, edited and translated into English by ra Chandra Vasu. Motilal Banarsidass 1982. The Siddhnta Kaumud, Bhattoji Deekshit (Devangar script). Printed and Published by Khemraj Shri Krishnadas, Bombay 1909.
xix
1
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 348 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 371
asa
saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. kuilagatiya = moving crookedly || ir torcidamente. lakkhae = marking; mark || marca, seal. lakkhae = marking (saa) || marca, seal. thavane = praising (thuti) || elogiar, alabar. byatti-sakhtesu = pervading and telling || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir y decir; anunciar. kuilya gatiya = moving crookedly || ir torcidamente. gamane = going || ir. kuilagatiya = going crookedly || ir torcidamente. ppakarae = doing evil || hacer el mal. pjya = venerating; honoring || venerar; honrar.
asa
samghte
aka aki aki akka akkha
I 12, 210 I 16
ak a ak i aka ark a ak
kuily gatau lakae pade lakae ca stavane, tapane ity eke vyptau
I 829
I 87
X 382
X 102
I 684
aga agi agga agha acca
I 210
ag a ag i ag a agh a arc a
kuily gatau gatyartha kuily gatau ppe pjym
I 830
I 27 I 28
I 155 I 830
VIII 290 I 30
K., nh 323
I 219
2
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 293 I 39 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 266
acca achi aja
pjya = venerating; honoring || venerar; honrar. yme = stretching; extending || abarcar; extender. khepane gatiya ca = throwing; passing or spending time and going || arrojar, tirar; pasar tiempo e ir. ajjane = procuring; acquiring || obtener; adquirir; procurar. paisajjane = forming; making || formar; hacer; producir. byayagatiya = going to loss or destruction or ruin (vinsagati) || ir hacia destruccin, prdida o ruina. gati-pjansu = going and venerating; honoring || ir y venerar; honrar. visesane = distinguishing || distinguir; calificar; especificar. gatiya = going || ir. andare = disrespect || falta de respeto.
arc a ch i aj a
pjym yme gati-kepaayo
I 224
I 43
I 248
ajja ajja aca
I 43
arj a arj a ac u vyay a
arjane prayatne gatau ycane ca gatau
I 242
VIII 295 I 34
X 186
I 915 I 930
acu
I 30
ac u
gati-pjanayo
I 203
acu
VIII 292
ac u
vieae
X 198
aa aa
I 53 VIII 296
a a a a
gatau andare
I 317 X 25
3
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 57 I 58 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 280 I 371
ahi aa aa ata
gatiya = going || ir. abhiyoge = engaging in a lawsuit || entablar un pleito. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. staccagamane = going constantly (nirantaragamana) || ir continuamente. bandhane = binding || atadura; ligazn; ligar; atar. ycanya = begging || mendigar (pedir comida). bandhane = binding || atadura; ligazn; ligar; atar. gatiya ycane ca = going and begging || ir y mendigar (pedir comida). hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. pane = breathing (sasana) || respirar. deseo.
ah i a a a a at a
gatau abhiyoge abdrtha statyagamane
I 59
I 471
I 64
I 38
ati attha adi adda
I 64, 209 VIII 311 I 86, 209 I 86
at i artha at i ad i ard a
bandhane upaycym bandhane bandhane avyakte abde gatau ycane ca hisym prane kme
I 62
X 357
I 62 I 63 I 56
adda ana
VIII 314 I 115
ard a an a
X 285
II 61
anu-rudha kme = desire; wish (icch) ||
III 232
ano rudh a
IV 65
4
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. III 232 III 228 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
anu-vi-dh anukarae = imitating ||

imitar.
...... ......
antara-dh adassane = not seeing;

disappearance || desaparicin; ausencia; no ver.
andha
dihpasahre = removing of sight; destruction of sight (cakkhusaitya dihiy upasahro, apanayana vinso v) || eliminacin de la vista (perder la vista). ppue = reaching || alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar. ppue = reaching || alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. gatiya hisya ca = going and hurting || ir y daar; lastimar; herir. gatiya = going || ir. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. gatimhi = going || ir.
VIII 320
andha
dyupaghte, upasahre ity anye dyupasahre (K.)
X 380
apa appa abi abba
IV 245 VII 265 I 124
...... ...... ab i arv a abde hisym

I 403
I 123
I 615
abbha abhi ama
I 125 I 127
abhr a abh i am a
gatyartha abde gatydiu
I 588 I 411
I 132
I 493
5
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 333 I 139 I 158 I 196 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 180
ama aya ara araha araha ala
roge = ailing; illness || enfermedad; dolencia. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. pjya = venerating; honoring || venerar; honrar. pjya = venerating; honoring || venerar; honrar. bhsane = ornamenting; decorating || ornamentar; decorar; adornar. plane = protecting || proteger; cuidar.
am a ay a arh a arh a al a
roge gatau gati-prpaayo pjym pjym bhaa-paryptivraeu rakaa-gati-kntiprti-tpty-avagamapravea-ravaasvmyartha-ycanakriyecch-dptyavpty-liganahisdna-bhgavddhiu gati-dpty-dneu
I 503 I 983 I 776
VIII 349 I 162
X 192 X 287 I 548
ava
I 170
ava
I 631
asa
gatiya dity-dnesu ca = going, shining and taking; seizing; grasping || ir; brillar y tomar; asir, agarrar. bhuvi = being; existing || ser; existir.
I 184
as a
I 934
asa
I 185
as a
bhuvi
II 56
6
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. V 255 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. IX 51
asa asu asu
bhojane = eating || comer. khepe = throwing (khipana) || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar. bypane = pervading || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir. gatiya = going || ir. uggame = rising; going up || surgir; salir; aparecer. sam adhivsane = waiting || esperar (lit. tener poca paciencia). dhovane = washing || lavar; limpiar. gahae = taking || tomar.
a a as u a
bhojane kepae vyptau saghte ca
III 239 IV 246
IV 100
V 18
ahi aa -gamu
I 196 I 200
ah i a a ......
gatau udyame see Vrtika of Pini 1.3.21
I 666 I 380
VIII 334
-camu -d
VIII 331 III 74, 226
...... ......
pa
bypane = pervading || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir. lambane = hanging || colgar. reflecting || reflexionar, pensar.
IV 245
vyptau
V 14
pu -bhuja
VIII 327 I 48
p .......
lambhane
X 295
7
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 128 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
-rabha
his-karaa-vyamanesu = hurting; doing and striving || daar; lastimar; herir; hacer y esforzar(se). upavesane = sitting (nisdana) || sentarse, estar sentado. icchya = wishing; desiring || desear. gatiya = going || ir. ajjhayane = reciting; learning (uccraa, sikkhana) || recitar; aprender; estudiar. dassan-akesu = seeing and marking || ver y marcar. gatyatthe = going || ir. gamane = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. paramissariye = supremacy || supremaca; superioridad. vuddhiya = increasing; growing || crecer; aumentar.
......
sa sisi i i
I 187
s a a asi i i
upaveane icchym gatau adhyayane
II 11
I 183
I 660
I1 I 12
II 36 II 37
ikkha ikhi igi ia iu idi idha
I 26
k a ikh i ig i i a u id i dh u
darane gatyartha gatyartha gatau gatau paramaivarye vddhau
I 641
I 22 I 27 I 53 VII 263 I 87
I 145 I 163 I 340 VIII 5
I 64
III 231
IV 135
8
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 168 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. VI 65
ila
kampane = trembling || temblar; vibrar. gatiya = going || ir. perae = crushing; grinding || aplastar; moler; triturar. uche = gleaning || espigar. pariyesane = searching; seeking || buscar. abhikkhae = doing continuously || hacer continuamente. gatiya = going || ir. icchya = wishing; desiring || desear. issya = jealously; envy || envidia. thavane = praising; extolling || elogiar, alabar. gatiya = going || ir.
il a
svapna-prekaayo; svapna-kepaayo (K.) gatau prerae uche
ila ila isa isa isa isi isu issa ia1 ja
I 169 VIII 343 I 173 I 190
il a il a a ...... i a i a ry a a j a
C. 6.64
X 119
I 715
V 256 I 189 I 190
bhkye gatau icchym ryrtha stutau gati-kutsanayo (gatau-C.)
IX 53
VI 7 VI 59
I 172
I 544
VIII 350 I 44
X 129
I 196
a (Smith). 8
9
sandpane = shining; showing clearly || brillar; exponer, mostrar claramente. vacane gati-kampanesu ca = saying; going and trembling || decir; ir y temblar; vibrar. khepane = throwing; casting || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar. his-gati-dassanesu = hurting, going and seeing || daar; lastimar; herir; ir y ver. issariye = supremacy; domination (issarabhva) || supremaca; superioridad; dominio. cetya = striving; exerting; urging || esforzar(se); incitar, instigar. thutiya = praising || elogiar; alabar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. gatyatthe = going || ir.
chd
sadpane
ra
I 154
r a
gatau kampane ca
II 8
ra sa
VIII 336 I 179
r a a
kepe gati-his-daraneu
X 268
I 642
sa
I 187
aivarye
II 10
ha
I 196
h a
ceym
I 663
a u ukkha ukha
I 201
a u uk a ukh a
stutau abde secane gatyartha
II 9
I 12, 209 I 23
I 1001
I 687
I 22
I 132
10
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. III 223 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. IV 114
uca
samavye = combination; coming together || combinacin; juntarse, reunirse. pipsya = thirst || sed. uche = searching; seeking (pariyesana) || buscar. ajjave = straightness; rectitude (ujubhva) || rectitud; honestidad. ussagge = throwing away; rejection (chaana) || arrojar; tirar; descartar; rechazar; desechar. upaghte = hurting; injuring; killing || herir; lastimar; matar. karsossagge mode kya ca = releasing excrement; rejoicing and sporting; playing || evacuar excremento; regocijo, alegra; y jugar. pasava-kiledanesu = flowing (sandana) and wetness; moistness (tintat) || fluir y humedad.
uc a
samavye
ucha uchi2 uju
I 39 I 39
uch i uch i ubj a
vivse uche rjave
I 231 I 230 VI 13
I 47
VI 20
ujjha
I 50
ujjh a
utsarge
VI 21
uha uda
I 56
uh a urd a
upaghte purotsarge mne kry ca
I 361
I 93
I 1026
udi
II 215
und
kledane
VII 20
uchi (Smith). 10
11
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. V 255 VIII 326 I 123 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. IX 52
uddhasa upa3 ubbi4 ubbha ubha umbha usa5 usa usu na
uche = seeking; searching (pariyesana) || buscar. pajjane = being; existing || ser; existir. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. prae = filling || llenar; completar. prae = filling || llenar; completar. prae = filling || llenar; completar. rujya = paining; afflicting || doler; afligir. dhe = heat (uha) || calor. upadhe = burning || quemar; arder. parihniya = loss; decrease || prdida; disminucin; reduccin.
udhras a ...... urv ...... ubh a umbh a a ...... u u na
uche
hisrtha
I 600
I 129
I 129
prae prae rujym
VI 32
I 129
VI 32
I 173
I 714
VI 258 I 174
dhe parihe
I 727
VIII 321
X 342
3 4
apa suggested by Smith (page 553). apa sugerido por Smith (pg. 553). ubb (Smith). 5 sa (Smith). 11
12
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 143 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 512
tantasantne = weaving; sewing || tejer; entrelazar; coser. vitakke = thinking; reflecting || pensar; reflexionar. kampane = trembling || temblar; vibrar. dittiya = shining || brillar. vibdhya = oppressing; harming || oprimir; obstruir; daar, lastimar. vuddhiya lbhe ca = increasing, growing and gaining, acquiring || crecer; aumentar y adquirir; ganar; obtener. buddhiya = knowing || conocer; comprender. gatiya = going || ir. sosanlamatthesu = making dry and to be able; to suffice; to adorn; to prevent || secar y ser capaz, poder; ser suficiente; adornar; prevenir.
y i
tantusatne
ha eja eja eha
I 197
h a ej ej eh a
vitarke kampane dptau vibdhym
I 679
I 43
I 253
I 45 I 57
I 192 I 286
edha
I 108
edh a
vddhau
I2
esa esu okha
I 179
...... e okh gatau oalamarthayo

I 649
I 181, 188 I 21
I 125
12
13
oa
apanayane = removing || remover (quitar algo de un lugar). nihubhane = spitting (kheaptana) || escupir. thapane = placing; putting || colocar; poner. vilimpane = anointing; smearing || ungir; untar; manchar. smatthiye = ability (samatthabhva) || habilidad; capacidad. cge = giving up; abandonment || dejar; abandonar; renunciar. loliye = unsteadiness; fickleness (lolabhva) || inestabilidad; inconstancia; volubilidad. gatyatthe = going || ir. hasane = laughing || rer; sonrer. hasane = laughing || rer; sonrer.
apanayane
opa opa opuji
I 121
...... ...... ......
VIII 327 I 49
om
I 131
......
oha
I 198
o h k
tyge?
III 8
kaka
I 16
kak a
laulye
I 90
kaki kakkha kakha
I 17 I 21
kak i kakh a kakh a kakh e
gatyartha hasane (Kaka, Majar) hasane hasane
I 94 I 124
I 23
I 124 I 821
13
14
kakhi kakhi kaca kaca kajja kaa
kakhya = doubting || dudar. icchya = wishing; desiring || desear. bandhane = binding || atadura; ligazn; ligar; atar. dittiya = shining || brillar. byathane = hurting (his) || daar; lastimar; herir. vass-varaesu = raining and covering; obstructing || llover y cubrir; obstruir. gatiya = going || ir. kicchajvane = difficult or painful living || vida difcil o dolorosa. soke = grieving; sorrowing || lamentar; sentir pesar. chede = cutting || cortar. kahane = pulling; dragging || tirar; arrastrar; jalar.
kk i ...... kac a ...... karj a ka e
kkym
I 23
I 33
bandhane
I 181
VIII 293 I 43
vyathane varvaraayo
I 246
I 52
I 315
kaa kaha
I 53 I 56
ka kah a
gatau kcchrajvane
I 342 I 356
kahi kai kaha
kah i ka i ......
oke bhedane
X 303
X 44
14
15
kaa kaa kaa
sadde = making sound || producir sonido. nimlane = winking; blinking || parpadear; cerrar los ojos. savane = hearing (see also chidda) || or.
ka a ka a chidra chidr a kar a
abdrtha nimlane karabhedane, karaa-bhedane ity eke; kara iti dhtvantaram ity apare (PD). Bhede dvau dht (K)
VIII 302 VIII 304
X 175
X378
kati
suttajanane = making a thread; spinning || hacer un hilo; hilar. chedane = cutting || cortar. chedane = cutting || cortar. sethille = looseness; weakness || flojedad; laxitud; debilidad. silghya = praising || elogiar; alabar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. nippke = cooking || cocinar; cocer.
I 67
......
kati kati kattara kattha katha katha
I 67 II 214 VIII 310 I 73
kt kt katra kattra (K.) katth a ...... kvath e
chedane chedane aithilye, karta ity apy eke lghym
VI 141 VI 141
X366
I 37
I 73
I 74
nipke
I 899
15
16
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 310 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
katha katha
kathane = talking || hablar. vkyapabandhe = connecting sentences; composition || conectar o relacionar oraciones; composicin. koille = crookedness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. avhne rodane ca = calling and crying || llamar, convocar y llorar. avhne rodane ca = calling and crying || llamar, convocar y llorar. velambe = hanging down (vilambabhva) || colgar. kucchite sadde = making an unpleasant sound || producir un sonido desagradable.
...... katha vkyaprabandhe

X 307
VIII 311
kathi
I 73
grath i
kauilye
I 36
kada
I 95
......
kadi
I 91
kad i krad i kad i krad i klad i kard a
hvne rodane ca hvne rodane ca vaiklavye vaiklavye vaiklavye kutsite abde
I 70 I 71
kadi
I 95
I 809 I 810 I 811 I 60
kadda
I 86
16
17
kana kanuy6 kanda kapa kapa kapi kapu
ditti-kantsu = shining and desire; wish || brillar y desear. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. stacce = continuity (satatabhva) || continuidad. karuya = compassion || compasin. avakampane = shaking || vibrar; agitar. gatiya = going || ir. his-takkalagandhesu7 = hurting and smell of resin || daar; lastimar; herir y olor de resina. smatthiye = ability || habilidad; capacidad. vidhimhi = doing (kriy) || hacer; accin; acto.
kan kny i -krand a kp a kp a cap i ......
dpti-knti-gatiu abde unde ca statye kpy gatau ca avakalkane gatym
I 144
I 514
VIII 313 I 120
X 188
I 808
VIII 327 VIII 326 I 120
X 208
X 77
kapu kappa
I 120
kp ......
smarthye
I 799
VIII 323
6 7
kany (Smith). Rpasiddhi page 419. 17
18
kappa
vitakke vidhimhi chedane ca = thinking, doing and cutting || pensar; reflexionar; hacer y cortar. gatiya = going || ir. dabbe8 = egotism; arrogance (ahakra) || egosmo; arrogancia (lit. hacer yo). padavikkhepe = walking (padas gamana) || caminar (lit. ir con el pie). icch-kantsu = wishing and delighting || desear y deleitar. karae = doing || hacer. sakhyne9 = calculating || contar; calcular. khepe = throwing || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar. gati-sakhynesu10 = going and calculating || ir y contar; calcular.
......
kabba kabba
I 123 I 124
karb a karv a
gatau darpe
I 447 I 613
kamu
I 131
kram u
pdavikepe
I 502
kamu kara kala kala kala
VIII 331 VII 266 I 166
kam u
kntau karae abda-sakhynayo kepe gatau sakhyne ca
I 470
u k
kal a kal a kala
VIII 10 I 526
VIII 342 VIII 343
X 64
X 319
8 9
dappe (Smith). sakhne (Smith). 10 gati-sakhnesu (Smith). 18
19
kaladi
avhne rodane ca = calling and crying || llamar, convocar y llorar. kucchane = reproaching; contempt || reprochar, criticar; desprecio, desdn. paridevane = lamenting || lamentar. asadde = silence; noiseless (nissadda) || silencio; ausencia de ruido (silencioso). vae = color || color. vilekhane = scratching; writing || rayar; escribir. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. gati-sosanesu11 = going and making dry || ir y secar. gatiya = going || ir.
klad i
hvne rodane ca
kalaha
I 196
galh a
kutsym
I 668
kalidi kalla
I 91
klid i kall a
paridevane avyakte abde aabde iti svm vare vilekhane hisrtha hisym gati-sanayo ity eke ity api gatau
I 15 I 73
I 166
I 527
kava kasa kasa kasa kas
I 170 I 173
kab k a ka a cha a kas i kas a ka a kas a
I 405 I 1039 VI 6
I 174
I 716
I 184
I 939
I 187
II 14
kassa
I 183
I 913
11
ssanesu (Smith). 19
20
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 200 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 383 VI 86 I 372
kaa
made kakkasse ca = intoxicating and roughness; harshness (kakkasiya, pharusabhvo) || intoxicar (locura) y dureza, aspereza. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; verter. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. saddakucchya = coughing || toser. dittiya = shining (virjanat); manifestation (pkaat) || brillar; manifestacin (ser claro o evidente). hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. maddane = crushing || aplastar; triturar. gatiya = going || ir. nivse rogpanayane ca = living and removing illness; curing || residir, vivir y curar, sanar.
ka a ka a
made krkaye
kaa ktha ksa ksu
I 201
ga a krath a ks k
secane hisym abdakutsym dptau
I 814
VIII 311 I 181
K. X 218 I 654
I 181
I 678
ki kici kia kita
IV 244 VIII 291 I 53 I 65
k ...... ki a kit a
hisym
V7
gatau bandhane nivse ca
I 314 I 1042
20
21
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 67 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. III 20
kita kitta kipa kila13 kila
e = knowing || conocer; comprender. sasandane12 = discussing || discutir, hablar. dubballe = weakness; feebleness || debilidad. bandhe = binding || ligar; atar. ptiya-kanesu = joyfulness (ptassa bhvo) and playing; sporting (k) || alegra; regocijo y jugar. bdhane = hindering; afflicting || obstruir, obstaculizar; afectar, afligir. upatpe = vexation; tormenting || molestar; fastidiar; atormentar. vibdhane = hindering; obstructing || obstruir, obstaculizar; afectar. addabhve = moistness; wetness (tintabhva) || humedad.
ki kit a kt a kpa kl a kil a
jne (K-III 20) saabdane daurbalye bandhane vaityakranayo; vaitye (K.)
VIII 308 VIII 327 I 163 I 168
X 111
X 323
I 557 VI 61
kilisa
I 179
kle a
avyaktym vci, bdhane iti Durga upatpe
I 638
kilisa
III 238
kli a
IV 52a
kilisa
V 255
kli
vibdhane
IX 50
kilota
I 67
......
12 13
sasaddane (Smith). kla (Smith). 21
22
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. IV 246 V 247 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
kivi k
hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. dabbavinimaye = exchange of goods; trading (kayavikkayavasena bhaassa parivattana) || intercambio de substancia (bienes); comerciar. bandhe = binding (bandhana) || ligar; atar. vihre = sporting || jugar; recrear(se). sadde = making sound || producir sonido. kucchya = reproaching (garah) || reprochar, criticar. dne = taking; seizing || tomar; asir, agarrar. sadde tre = very high sound (accuccasadda) || sonido muy fuerte.
......
u kr
dravyavinimaye
IX 1
ka ka ku ku kuka kuca
VIII 297 I 200
k a kr ku ku ...... kuk a kuc a
vare
(bandhavaro-Kalpa)
X 99
vihre abde abde
I 373
I 10, 209 VI 259 I 16
I 999 II 33
dne abde tre
I 91
I 30
I 199
22
23
kuca
sapaccana-koillapaikkama-vilekhanesu = uniting; crookedness; going back and scratching; writing || unir; deshonestidad; regresar; retroceder y rayar; escribir. sakocane = contracting; distorting || contraer (reducir); encoger; torcer; deformar. avakkhepe = throwing down (adhokhipana) || arrojar; tirar abajo. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. saddatthe = making sound || producir sonido. theyyakarae = stealing || robar; hurtar. adhomukhkarae = facing down || mirar hacia abajo. koill-appbhvesu = crookedness and smallness; littleness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido y pequeez; poquedad.
kuc a
saparcana-kauiyapratiambhavilekhaneu
kuca
I 31
kuc a
sakocane
VI 75
kuccha
VIII 294
kuts a
avakepae
X 158
kuji kuji kuju kujja kuca
I 44
kj a gj a gj i kuj u ...... kuc a kruc a
avyakte abde abdrtha abdrtha steyakarae
I 240
I 44
I 267 I 268 I 214
I 42
I 49
I 30
kauilylpbhvayo kauilylpbhvayo
I 200 I 201
23
24
kua kua14 kui15 kua kuhi
koille = crookedness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. chedane = cutting || cortar. dhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. chedane = cutting || cortar. lasiye gatipaighte ca = laziness and obstructing the going (action) || pereza; flojedad; inactividad y obstruir la accin de ir; cojear; renquear. soke = grieving; sorrowing || lamentar; sentir pesar. dhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. vedhane16 = piercing || perforar; atravesar; penetrar.
ku a
kauilye
I 54
tru a ka ku a kuh i
chedane paritpe paridhe ity anye chedanabhartsanayo pratighte; gatipratighte (K.)
VI 82 159
X 344
X 23
I 365
kuhi kui kui
I 57
kah i ku i gu i
oke dhe veane
I 283
I 58
I 289
VIII 299
X 46
14 15
tua (Smith). k (Smith). 16 vehane (Smith). 24
25
kua
saddopakarae = component of a sound; making sound || componente (parte) de un sonido; producir sonido. sakocane = contracting; shrinking || contraer (reducir); encoger; torcer; deformar. mantane = calling; addressing || llamar, convocar; dirigirse; hablar a alguien. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. his-sakilesesu = hurting and defiling || daar; lastimar; herir y ensuciar; manchar; contaminar. kya = playing; sporting || jugar. anatabhsane = lying; speaking falsehood || mentir. kope = to be angry || enojo, odio, ira. kope = to be angry || enojo, odio, ira.
ku a
abdopakaraayo
kua
VIII 302
kua
sakocane, pi
X 348
kua
VIII 304
kua
mantrae
X 347
kutha kuthi
I 73
krath a klath a kuth i
hisrtha hisrtha hissakleanayo
I 838 I 839 I 44
I 71
kuda kudi kudha kupa
I 93
kurd a kudr i krudh a kup a
krym eva; gudakrym eva (K.) antabhae krodhe; kope (K.) krodhe
I 21
VIII 312 III 231 III 235
X6
IV 80
IV 122
25
26
kupa kubi
bhsya = speaking || hablar. acchdane = clothing; covering || cubrir; arropar, vestir. acchdane = clothing; covering || cubrir; arropar, vestir. uggame = rising; going up || surgir; salir; aparecer. kya = playing; sporting || jugar. sadde akkose ca = making sound and insulting; abusing || producir sonido e insultar; agraviar. sakhne bandhumhi ca = calculating and relative; relation || contar; calcular y pariente, familiar; relacin. avhne rodane ca = calling and crying || llamar, convocar y llorar.
kup a kub i
bhrtha cchdane; chdane (K.) cchdane; chdane (K.) udyamane krym abde
I 453
kubi kubbi17 kumra kura
VIII 328
kub i
X 113
I 124
gurv kumra kur a
I 605
VIII 335 I 156
X 331
VI 51
kula
I 168
kul a
sastyne bandhuu ca
I 895
kusa
I 183
kru a
hvne rodane ca
I 909
17
kubb (Smith). 26
27
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 347 III 238 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 223
kusi kusu
bhsya = speaking || hablar. haraa-dittsu = carrying and shining || llevar; transportar y brillar. vimhpane = making others astonished; pretending || asombrar; sorprender; aparentar; fingir; engaar. ghasane = eating || comer. appasde = displeasing; disliking || disgustar; desagradar. varae = obstructing; covering || obstruir; cubrir. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. mantane = calling; addressing || llamar, convocar; dirigirse; hablar a alguien.
kus i knas u
bhrtha hvaraa-dptyo
IV 6
kuha
VIII 350
kuha
vismpane
X 353
kua18 ka
I 201 VIII 297
k a k a
ghanatve aprasde; apradne (K.) varae abde rvae nimantrae ca (not in K.)
VI 88 X 162
kla ke keta
I 163
kl a kai keta
I 558
I 10, 208 VIII 309
I 964
X 363
18
ka (Smith). 27
28
kele
mamyane = taking It is mine by attachment or wrong view || hacer mo (tomar esto es mo) con apego o concepcin errnea. gatiya = going || ir. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; verter. manthe = stirring (viloana) || revolver; menear; batir. gativekalle = deficiency in going (limping) || dificultad en caminar; cojear; renquear. dne gatiya ca = giving and going || dar e ir. kicchajvane = difficult or painful living || vida difcil o dolorosa.
......
kelu kevu khaja khaji
I 165 I 171
kel klev khaj a khaj i
calane sevane manthe gativaikalye
I 570 I 504 (DP)
I 43
I 250
I 43
I 252
khaji khaji
I 45
kaj i kaj i chaj i
gati-dnayo kcchrajvane kcchrajvane
I 806
VIII 294
X 79 X 73 (K) X 88 (DP)
khaji khajja
rakkhae = protecting || proteger; cuidar. byathane majjane ca = hurting and purity (suddhi) || daar; lastimar; herir y pureza.
VIII 294 I 43
...... kharj a vyathane pjane ca mrjane ca

I 247 I 142 (K)
28
29
khaa khaa
kase = digging (Ns.) || cavar; excavar. savarae = restraining; protecting || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. manthe19 = stirring; churning || revolver; menear; batir. chede = cutting || cortar. theriye dhiti-hissu ca = firmness; energy and hurting || firmeza; constancia; energa y daar; herir; lastimar. parighte = killing; injuring all around (samantato hanana) || matar; daar o lastimar todo alrededor. dasane = stinging; biting (dantasukatakattik kriy) || morder; picar. avadrae = breaking; digging || romper; quebrar; cavar; excavar.
kha a kha a gha a kha i kha i khad a
kkym or kkym savarae savarae manthe bhedane sthairye hisy ca
VIII 297
X 89 X 99 (PD)
khai khai khada
I 59
I 303
VIII 298 I 84
X 44
I 51
khadi20
I 105
khid a
parighte
VI 142
khadda
I 86
khard a
dandake (daane-C.)
I 61
khanu
I 113
khan u
avadrae
I 927
19 20
khae (S; Smith). khdi (Smith). 29
30
khanda khapi khabba khabba
gati-sosanesu = going and making dry || ir y secar. khantiya = patience || paciencia. gatiya = going || ir. dabbe21 = egotism; arrogance (ahakra) || egosmo; arrogancia (lit. hacer yo). paibaddhe22 = depending; tied or bound to || depender; ligar. vidhnane = trembling; shaking || temblar; sacudir. sahane = enduring || soportar; aguantar; tolerar. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. calane = trembling; agitating || temblar; sacudir; vibrar. sacinane = accumulating || acumular.
skand ir kap i kharb a kharv a
gati-oaayo kntym gatau darpe
VIII 326 I 123 I 124
X 78
I 448 I 614
khabhi
I 127
skabh i
pratibandhe
I 414
khamya khamu khara
I 144
kmy kam s kam kar a
vidhnane sahane sacalane?
I 515
I 133
I 469 V 97 I 904
I 153
khala khala
I 165
skhal a khal a
sacalane sacaye
I 577
I 165
I 578
21 22
dappe (Smith). paibandhe (Smith). 30
31
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 341 VIII 350 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 57
khala khaa
soceyye = purity (sucibhva) || pureza; purificacin. bhede = breaking; dividing || romper; dividir. pakathane = telling; announcing; preaching (cikkhana, desana) || decir; anunciar; predicar. bhakkhane = eating || comer. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. nivse = living || residir, vivir. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. nivse kodha-hissu ca = living; to be angry and hurting || residir, vivir; enojo, odio, ira y daar, herir. gatiya = going || ir.
kal a kha a
aucakarmai khaane bhedane
X 44 X 47 (DP)
kh
I 17
......
khda khi23
I 83 I 18
khd ki
bhakae kaye
I 50 I 225
khi khi
I 18 III 222
ki ki
nivsagatyo kaye
VI 114 I 255
khi
III 222
ki
nivsa-gatyo
VI 114
khi24
V 247
......
23 24
kh (Smith). kh (Smith). 31
32
khija25 khia khiu khidi
abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. uttsane = to fear || tener miedo; temer. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. avayave26 = limb; part; constituent || miembro; parte; componente. dniye = wretchedness; poverty (dnabhva) || pobreza; miseria. perae = grinding; crushing (cuikaraa, pisana) || aplastar; moler; triturar. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. chaane = throwing away; rejecting || arrojar; tirar; descartar. perae = grinding; crushing || aplastar; moler; triturar.
kj a khi a ki u bid i
avyakte abde trse (utrse-K) hisym avayave
I 52
I 324
VII 263 I 89
VIII 4
C. 122
khidi
III 227
khid a
dainye
IV 61
khipa
I 121
kip a
prerae
VI 5
khipa khipa
I 121
...... ......
I 121
khipa
III 235
kip a
prerae
IV 14
25 26
khja (Smith). avayave ti (Candaviduno) 32
33
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. IV 245 I 121 I 170 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
khipa khipi khivu khivu27 khivu
khepe = throwing || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar. gatiya = going || ir. nidassane = pointing out; indicating || sealar; indicar; explicar. made = intoxicating || intoxicar. nidassane28 = pointing out; indicating || sealar; indicar; explicar. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. theyyakarae = stealing || robar; hurtar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. kya = playing; sporting || jugar.
...... ...... kiv u kev u kb kiv u nirasane nirasane made nirasane

I 599 I 569 (DP)
I 170
I 407
III 238
I 599
kh
IV 245
......
khu khuju khuu khuda
I 19, 209 I 42
u ku
khuj u ka u khurd a
abde steyakarae hisym krym eva
II 27
I 215
VII 263 I 93
VIII 3
I 24 (DP)
27 28
khvu (Smith). nirasane (Smith). 33
34
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 91 I 129 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I9 I 787 IV 129 IX 47
khudi khubha
pavane = jumping || saltar. sacalane = agitating || agitar; sacudir; vibrar. sacalane = agitating || temblar; sacudir; vibrar. chedane vilekhane ca = cutting and scratching; writing || cortar y rayar; escribir. akkosane = abusing; insulting || insultar; agraviar. ghasane blye ca = eating and childhood || comer y niez; infancia. khdana-sattsu = eating and existing || comer y existir; ser. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. bhakkhae = eating || comer. perae = grinding; crushing (cuikaraa) || aplastar; moler; triturar.
skud i kubh a
pravae sacalane
khubha khura
III 236 I 156
kubh a khur a kur a
sacalane chedane vilekhane
IV 129
VI 52 VI 54
khusi khua
VIII 347 I 201
...... ku a blye
VI 89
khe khe
I 19
khai kai
khadane kaye
I 960
I 209
I 961
khea khepa
VIII 297 VIII 327
khea kapa
bhakae prerae
X 328
X 392
34
35
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 165 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 571 I 572 I 537
khelu khevu khoa khoda khola khy
gatiya = going || ir. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; verter. khepe = throwing || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar. paighte = striking || golpear; pegar; chocar. gatipaighte = limping || cojear; renquear. pakathane = telling; announcing; preaching || decir; anunciar; predicar. saddatthe = making sound || producir sonido. maddana-saddesu = crushing and making sound || aplastar; triturar y producir sonido. saddatthe = making sound || producir sonido. vadanekadese = a part of the mouth; action of the mouth || parte de la boca; accin de la boca.
khel kvel khev koa khor khol khy
calane calane secane kepe gatipratighte gatipratighte prakathane
I 171
VIII 297 I 91
X 329
I 584
I 165
I 584
I 17
II 51
gaja gaja
I 44
gaj a gaj i gaj a mrj a garj a ga i
abdrtha abdrtha abdrthau abdrthau abde vadanaikadee
I 265 I 266 X 106 X 107
VIII 295
gajja gai
I 44
I 244
I 58
I 65a I 384
35
36
gai gaa gaa gaecu30
made = intoxicating || intoxicar. gatiya = going || ir. sakhyne29 = calculating || contar; calcular. theyyakarae = stealing (thenana, corik) || robar; hurtar. viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado. devasadde = thundering (meghasadda) || tronar; sonido de tormenta. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. abhikakhya = longing; desiring; wishing || desear; anhelar. santhambhe = supporting || apoyar; sostener; soportar.
ka i ka a gaa gluc u
made gatau sakhyne steyakarae
I 61 VIII 303 I 30
I 831 X 309
I 213
gada
I 84
gad a
vyakty vci
I 53
gada
VIII 313
gad
devaabde
X 314
gadda gaddha
I 86
gard a gardh a
abde abhikkym (Kecit) sadarbhe
I 58
VIII 319
X 125
gantha
VIII 311
granth a
X 294
29 30
sakhne (Smith). galocu (Smith). 36
37
gandha
scane addane = showing (paksana) and floating (pariplut) || mostar; indicar y flotar. gatiya = going || ir. dabbe31 = egotism; arrogance (ahakra) || egosmo; arrogancia (lit. hacer yo). mne = selfishness, pride (ahakra) || egosmo; arrogancia (lit. hacer yo). dhrae = holding; bearing || sostener; soportar; mantener. gatiya = going || ir. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. uggame = rising; going up || surgir; salir; aparecer. uggame = raising; going up || surgir; salir; aparecer. kucchane = reproaching || reprochar, criticar; desprecio, desdn.
gandh a
ardane
gabba gabba
I 123 I 124
garb a garv a
gatau darpe
I 449 I 614
gabba
VIII 328
garva
mne
X 359
gabbha gamu gara gara gara garaha
I 127
galbh a gam g gur gr a garh a
dhrye gatau secane udyamane? udyamane kutsym
I 419
I 134, 202 I 150
I 1031
I 984
I 156
VI 103
VIII 335 I 196
X 155
I 667
31
dappe (Smith). 37
38
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 350 I 165 VIII 347 I 183 I 197 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 301
garaha gala gavesa gasu gaha
vinindane = reproaching || reprochar, criticar; censurar. adane = eating || comer. maggane = searching; seeking || buscar; rastrear. adane = eating || comer. gahae = taking || tomar.
garh a gal a gavea gras u gh glah a grah a g gdh
vinindane adane mrgae adane grahae grahae updne gatau pratih-lipsayor granthe ca
I 579 X 337
I 661 I 681 I 652 (DP)
gaha g gdha
updne = firmly taking (gahaa) || tomar firmemente. gatiya = going || ir. patih-nissaya-gandhesu32 = footing; supporting and smell || base (lugar donde pararse); apoyar; sostener y olor. viloane = stirring; churning || revolver; menear; batir. abhikakhya = longing; desiring; wishing || desear; anhelar.
VI 257 I 28, 209 I 108
IX 61
I 998
I4
ghu gidhu
I 197
gh gdh u
viloane abhikkym
I 680
III 232
IV 136
32
ganthesu (Smith). 38
39
gira
niggirae = trickling; oozing; dripping (paggharaa) || gotear; chorrear; escurrir; exudar. ajjhoharae = swallowing || tragar; ingerir. ptikkhaye = loss of joy || prdida de la alegra. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. anvicchya = wishing again and again (punappuna icch) || desear, anhelar una y otra vez. karsussagge = voiding of excrement (vaccakaraa) || evacuar excremento. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. uggame = rising; going up; manifesting (pkaat) || surgir; salir; aparecer; manifestar. theyyakarae = stealing (thenana, corik) || robar; hurtar.
nigirae
gila gile gilevu gilesu
I 165
...... glai glev ge gle harakaye secane anvicchym ity eke

I 952
I 166
I 171
I 532
I 181
I 645
gu
I 26
gu
purotsarge
VI 106
gu gu
I 28, 209 I 28
gu gur
avyakte abde udyamane?
I 997
VI 103
gucu
I 30
gruc u
steyakarae
I 212
39
40
guji gua
abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. mantane = calling; addressing || llamar, convocar; dirigirse; hablar a alguien. kya = playing; sporting || jugar. parivehane = wrapping; covering || envolver; cubrir. rakkhae = protecting || proteger; cuidar. gopana-jigucchanesu = protecting and disgusting; disliking || proteger; cuidar y disgustar. bhsya = speaking || hablar. ganthe = tying; making a knot (ganthikaraa) || atar; amarrar; hacer un nudo. savarae = restraining; protecting || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. rakkhya = protecting || proteger; cuidar.
guj i gua
avyakte abde mantrae
VIII 304
X 347
guda gudha gupa gupa
I 93
gurd a gudh a gup gup a
krym eva pariveane rakae gopane
I 23 (DP)
III 232 I 120
IV 13
I 422
I 120
I 1019
gupa gupha
VIII 327 I 122
gup a guph a gumph a guh
bhrtha grahae grahae savarae
X 231
VI 31 VI 38 (DP)
guh
I 197
I 944
gua
I 201
gu a
rakym
VI 77
40
41
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 26, 208 IV 245 I 171 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 965
ge ge gevu gottha goma
sadde = making sound || producir sonido. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. vase = lineage || linaje. upalepane = coating; smearing || manchar; untar; cubrir. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. cetya = urging || incitar, instigar. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. saghe hantyatthe ca33 = accumulating; collecting and striking; killing || acumular; juntar; agregar y golpear, pegar; matar.
gai g gev ...... goma
abde abde secane
IX 28
I 531
I 74 VIII 334
upalepane
X 330
ghaa
I 53
jha a
saghte
I 328
ghaa ghaa
I 54
gha a gha a
ceym saghte
I 800
VIII 296
X 183
ghaa
VIII 297
gha a
saghte
X 183
In Pinya-Dhtupha hantyarth ca is a Gaa Stra meaning the roots denoting killing take ic without change of sense. See Vasu ii 474. En el Pinya-Dhtupha hantyarth ca es una Gaa Stra que signifca que las races con el significado de matar toman ic sin cambiar el significado. Vase Vasu ii 474. 41
33
42
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 297 VIII 297 VIII 296 VIII 296 I 61 I 150 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 226
ghaa ghai ghaa34 ghaa ghai ghara ghasu36
bhsya = speaking || hablar. bhsya = speaking || hablar. ghaane35 = striving (vymakaraa) || esforzar(se). calane = trembling || temblar; sacudir; vibrar. gahae = taking || tomar. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. saharise = knocking against; colliding (saghaana) || golpear contra; chocar. gandhopdne = smelling || oler. gandhopdne = smelling || oler. gahae = taking || tomar. dittiya = shining || brillar.
gha a gha i ...... gha a gh i gh gh u
bhrtha bhrtha
X 227
calane grahae secane saghare
X 87
I 463 I 985
I 174
I 740
gh gh ghii ghiu
I 28
ghr ghr ghi i gh u
gandhopdne gandhopdne grahae dptau
I 973
III 222 I 61 VII 263
I 973
I 461 VIII 7
34 35
ghaa (Smith). ghaane (Smith). 36 ghusu (Smith). 42
43
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 29 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. II 31
ghu
abhigamane = attaining; obtaining; understanding (adhigamana) || alcanzar; conseguir; obtener; entender; comprender. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. parivattane = turning or rolling round || dar vueltas; voltear; girar; rodar; rotar. paighte = striking || golpear; pegar; chocar. gamane = going || ir. gahae = taking || tomar. gamane = going || ir. abhimatta37-saddesu = intense intoxication and making sound || intoxicacin intensa y producir sonido. sadde = making sound || producir sonido.
dyu
abhigamane
ghu ghua
I 29, 209 I 54
ghu ghu a
abde parivartane
I 1000
I 782
ghua ghua ghui ghua ghura
I 54
ghu a ghu a ghu i ghr a ghur a
pratighte bhramae grahae bhramae bhmrtha-abdayo
VI 91
I 61
I 464 VI 48
I 61 I 61
I 462 I 464 VI 49
I 156
VI 55
ghusa
I 172
ghu ir
aviabdane (abde-C.)
I 683
37
bhmattha (Smith). 43
44
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 349 VIII 346 I 183 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
ghusa ghusi ghus
sadde = making sound || producir sonido. visaddane = shouting (ugghosana) || gritar; vocear. kantikarae = making what is pleasing || agradar; hacer aquello que agrada. gatipaighte = limping (gatipaihanana) || cojear; renquear. titti-paightesu = satisfying (tappana) and striking || satisfacer; saciar y golpear; pegar; chocar. byathane = hurting; oppressing || daar; lastimar; herir; oprimir. viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado. paribhsana-vajjanesu = abusing; blaming; censuring and avoiding || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar y evitar; abstenerse de.
...... ghu ir ghu i viabdane kntikarae

X 187
I 682
ghora
I 146
khol khor cak a
gati-pratighte gati-pratighte tiptaupratighte ca tiptau
I 584 I 584
caka
I 12
I 93 I 820
cakka
VIII 282
cakk a
vyathane
X 56
cakkha
I 26
cak i
vyakty vci
II 7
cacca
I 30
carc a jarj a jharjh a carc a jarj a jharjh a
paribhaa-his-tarjaeu paribhaa-his-tarjaeu paribhaa-his-tarjaeu paribhaa-bhartsanayo paribhaa-bhartsanayo paribhaa-bhartsanayo
I 749 I 748 I 750 VI 17 VI 17 I 17
44
45
cacca caja cacu caa
ajjhayane = reciting; learning || recitar; aprender; estudiar. cge = giving up; abandoning || dejar; abandonar; renunciar. gatiya = going || ir. paribhsane = abusing; blaming; censuring || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar. kope = to be angry || enojo, odio, ira. dne = giving || dar. his-gandhesu = hurting and smelling || daar; lastimar; herir y oler. ycane = requesting (ajjhesana) || solicitar; pedir. samiddhiya hildane dittiya ca = success, prosperity; flirting and splendor, beauty; shining || xito; prosperidad; flirtear; coquetear y brillar; esplendor; belleza.
carc a tyaj a cac u va a
adhyayane hnau gatyartha paribhae
I 1035
I 30 I 54
I 205 I 816
cai caa cat
I 58
ca i ca a ct
kope gatau dne ca his-granthanayo
I 298
I 61 I 67
I 833 VI 35
cada cadi
I 97
cad e cat e cad i
ycane ycane hlde dptau ca
I 918 I 918 I 68
I 90
45
46
capa
kakkane = making powder; pulverizing || pulverizar; moler. gatiya = going || ir. adane = eating || comer. adane = eating || comer. gatiya = going || ir. carae = walking; going || caminar; ir. gati-bhakkhaesu = going and eating || ir y comer. asasaye = not doubting || no dudar. kampane = trembling || temblar; vibrar. bhakkhae = eating || comer. parisakkane = endeavoring; trying || esforzar(se); empear(se); intentar. parikatthane = boasting || ostentar.
cah a cap a carb a cam u carv a cay a ...... car a
parikalkane ity eke gatau adane adane gatau
cabba camu camba caya cara cara
I 123 I 131 I 124 I 139 I 146
I 452 I 497 I 610 I 507
I 147
gatyartha bhakae pi saaye (asaayeDurga) kampane bhakae parikalkane = cheating; deceiving parikalkane
I 591 I 560 (DP)
cara cala casa caha
VIII 335 I 167, 210 I 184 I 195
car a cal a ca a cah a
X 205
I 885
I 938 I 765 X 83 X 320
caha
VIII 349
caha
X 320
46
47
cyu
pj-nismanesu = venerating, honoring (pjan) and looking; hearing (olokana, savana) || venerar; honrar y mirar; oir. caye = piling || apilar, amontonar; acumular. caye = piling || apilar, amontonar; acumular. masane = touching; rubbing || tocar; frotar. viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado. paribbhamane = turning round and round; rotating || dar vueltas; voltear; girar; rodar. pesane = sending || enviar; mandar. sacetane = urging || incitar, instigar.
cy
pj-nimanayo
ci ci cika38 cikkha
IV 245 V 247 VIII 283 I 26
ci ci ck a ......
cayane cayane marae
V5
V5
X 284
cigula
VIII 344
......
cia
I 53
ci a
parapraiye parapreye sacetane
I 337 I 316 (DP)
cita
VIII 307
cit a
X 135
38
cka (Smith). 47
48
cit
sae = making a mark (cihana, lakkhaakaraa) || marca, seal; marcar. cittakarae, kadci dassane pi = making variegated (vicittabhvakaraa) and seeing that is rare or unusual || abigarrar y ver lo que es raro o inusual. maanya = imagining; regarding || considerar; imaginar. cintya = thinking || pensar; reflexionar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. vasane = to clothe || arropar, vestir. sehille = looseness; weakness (sihilabhva) || flojedad; laxitud; relajacin; debilidad. bhsya = speaking || hablar.
cit
sajne
citta
VIII 310
citra
citrkarae, kadcid darane39
X 370
cine
I 117
......
cinta ciri cila cilla civa40
VIII 305 IV 246 I 169
cit i ciri cil a cill a
smtym hisym vasane aithilye bhvakarae ca (aithilyeK) bhrtha
X2
V 31
VI 63
I 165
I 566
VIII 345
cv a
X 234
39 40
K. 320. cva (Smith). 48
49
civu41
dna-savaresu = taking; seizing and restraining || tomar; asir, agarrar y controlar; restringir; contener. cavane = falling; dying || caer; cesar; morir. gatiya = going || ir. cavane42 = falling; dying || caer; cesar; morir. byathane = hurting; oppressing || daar; lastimar; herir; oprimir. appbhve = smallness; littleness || pequeez; poquedad. chedane = cutting || cortar. chedane = cutting || cortar. vibhede = dividing || dividir. chedane = cutting || cortar.
cv
dna-savaraayo
cu cu cu cukka
I 33
cyu cyu cyu cukk a
gatau gatau sahane, hasane ity eke vyathane
I 1004
I 209 VIII 292 VIII 282
I 1004 X 206
X 56
cua
I 54
cu i
alpbhve
I 347
cua cua cua43 cui
I 54 VIII 296 VIII 297 VIII 297
cu a cu a ca a cu i
chedane chedane bhedane chedane
VI 84 X 72
X 181
X 117
41 42
cvu (Smith). cvane (Smith). 43 caa (Smith). 49
50
cua
appabhve = smallness; littleness || pequeez; poquedad. hvakarae = flirting; dalliance || flirtear; coquetear. chedane = cutting || cortar. sakocane = contracting; shrinking || contraer (reducir); encoger; torcer; deformar. perae = grinding; crushing || aplastar; moler; triturar. secane kharae ca = sprinkling and flowing || rociar, asperjar y fluir, correr. sacodane attiya ca = accusing and ordering; commanding || acusar y ordenar, mandar. mandagatiya = going slowly || ir lentamente. vadanasayoge = kissing || besar (lit. unin de caras). theyye = stealing || robar; hurtar.
cu a
alpbhve
cua cua cua44
I 58
cu a cu a cr a
bhvakarae chidi (Kalpadruma) sakocane
I 370
I 62 VIII 302
X 100
cua cuta
VIII 302 I 64
cr a cyut ir scyut ir cud a
prerae secane karae sacodane
X 18
I 40 I 41
cuda
VIII 312
X 53
cupa cubi cura

44
I 120
cup a cub i cur a
mandy gatau vaktrasayoge steye
I 430
I 123
I 456
VIII 278
X1
ca (Smith). 50
51
culla cusa45 cea celu cevi
hvakarae = flirting; dalliance (vilsakaraa) || flirtear; coquetear. pne = drinking || beber. ceya = urging || incitar, instigar. gatiya = going || ir. cetantulye = urging; being equal || incitar, instigar; ser igual. chaane = discarding || descartar; desechar. chaane = throwing away; rejecting || arrojar; tirar; descartar. savarae = restraining; protecting || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. apavrae = covering; concealing || cubrir; ocultar; esconder. ujjhane = leaving; abandoning || dejar; abandonar.
cull a
bhvakarae
I 173 I 54
c a ce a cel vev
pne ceym calane vetin tulye = in the same meaning as the root v
I 704 I 275
I 165 I 171
I 569 II 68
chaa chaa
VIII 297 VIII 299
...... ......
chada
VIII 312
chad i
savarae
X 41
chada
VIII 314
chad a
apavrae
X 290
chadi
45
I 95
chad ir
rjane
I 851
csa (Smith). In Kaktsna c a, t a, p a, m a, a, are shown with short u. Footnote to K 94. En Kaktsna c a, t a, p a, m a, a, se muestran con una u corta. Nota al K 94. 51
52
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 315 VIII 312 I 132 I 131 VIII 314 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
chad chadda chama chamu chida46
icchya = wishing; desiring || desear. vamane = vomiting || vomitar; expeler. gatimhi = going || ir. adane = eating || comer. dvedhkarae = making into two; cutting; dividing || hacer dos partes; cortar; dividir; separar. dvedhkarae = making into two; cutting; dividing || hacer dos partes; cortar; dividir; separar. chijjane = cutting itself || cortarse. kaabhede = piercing the ears || perforar las orejas (para colocar aretes). chedane = cutting || cortar. chedane = cutting || cortar.
...... chard a tsar a cham u cheda vamane chadmagatau? adane dvaidhkarae

X 51
I 586 I 498 X 388
chidi
II 215
chid ir
dvaidhkarae
VII 3
chidi chidda
III 226 VIII 314
...... chidra karabhede

X 378
chu chua
I 39
see che in Sad. divdigaa
I 54
chu a
chedane
VI 84
46
cheda (Smith). 52
53
chua che47 jakkha
chedane = cutting || cortar. chedane = cutting || cortar. bhakkhae hasane ca = eating and laughing || comer y rer; sonrer. hasane = laughing || rer; sonrer. paribhsana-vajjanesu = abusing; blaming; censuring and avoiding || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar y evitar; abstenerse de. yuddhe = fighting (yujjhana) || luchar, pelear. yuddhe = fighting (yujjhana) || luchar, pelear. paribhsana-tajjanesu = abusing; blaming; censuring and threatening, menacing || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar y amenazar.
...... cho jak a chedane bhaka-hasanayo

IV 38
III 224 I 23
II 62
jaggha jacca
I 29
ghagh a carc a jarj a jharjh a carc a jarj a jharjh a jaj a jaj i jarj a carc a jharjh a
hasane?
paribhaa-his-tarjaeu paribhaa-his-tarjaeu paribhaa-his-tarjaeu paribhaa-bhartsanayo paribhaa-bhartsanayo paribhaa-bhartsanayo
I 170
I 30
I 749 I 748 I 750 VI 17 VI 17 VI 17 I 261
jaja jaji jajjha
I 44
yuddhe yuddhe
paribhaa-his-tarjaneu paribhaa-his-tarjaneu paribhaa-his-tarjaneu
I 44
I 262
I 50
I 748 I 749 I 750
47
cho (Smith). 53
54
jaa
saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. janane = making; producing || hacer; producir; generar. ptubhve = manifesting || manifestar(se); aparecer. gattavinme = bending the body or the limbs || doblar el cuerpo o los miembros. gattavinme = bending the body or the limbs || doblar el cuerpo o los miembros. nsane = destroying || destruir; hacer perecer. adane = eating || comer. roge = aging (jararoga) || envejecer. vayohnimhi = aging || envejecer. dittiya = shining || brillar.
ja a
saghte
jana jana jan jabha
I 113
...... jan a jan i jabh i janane prdurbhve gtravinme

III 24
III 233 III 233 I 127
IV 41
I 415
jabhi
I 127
jbh i
gtravinme
I 416
jabhi jamu jara jara
VIII 330 I 131 I 150
jabh i jam u jvar a j jri
nane adane roge vayohnau
X 176
I 499 I 813
VIII 336
X 272 X 283 (DP)
jala
I 166
jval a
dptau
I 842 I 884
54
55
jala jala
dhae = prosperity || prosperidad. apavrae = covering; concealing || cubrir; ocultar; esconder. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. tane = beating; striking || golpear; pegar. rakkhae = protecting || proteger; cuidar. niddakkhaye = awakening || despertar (lit. destruccin del sueo). niddakkhaye = awakening || despertar (lit. destruccin del sueo).
jal a jal a
ghtane (dhnye-C.) apavrae
VIII 341
X 10
jasa jasa jasa jasi jgara
I 174
ja a jas u jas u jas i jg
hisrtha hisym tane rakae nidrkaye
I 719
VIII 346 VIII 346 VIII 345 I 154
X 130
X 178
X 128
II 63
jgara
VII 277
jg
nidrkaye
II 63
55
56
ji ji
jaye = conquering; winning || conquistar; triunfar; ganar. abhibhavane48 = overpowering || conquistar; subyugar; prevalecer; vencer; superar. jaye = conquering; winning || conquistar; triunfar; ganar. jniya = loss; deprivation || prdida; privacin; carencia. adane = eating || comer. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. brhane = developing; increasing (vahana) || aumentar; crecer; incrementar. padhrae = keeping the life || mantener la vida.
ji ji jri
jaye abhibhave
I 42
I 993 I 994
ji ji49 jimu50 jiri jisu jra
V 248 V 248 I 131
...... ...... ...... jiri ji u ...... (jamati idupadho yam ity eke-K) hisym secane
V 32
IV 246 I 174
I 728
I 146
jva
I 170
jv a
pradhrae
I 594
48 49
abhibhave (Smith). j (Smith). 50 jamu (Smith). 56
57
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 42, 209 I 28 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 1005
ju jugi juta
gatiya = going fast (sghagati) || ir rpidamente. vajjane = avoiding || evitar; abstenerse de. bhsane = saying; speaking (udraa) || hablar; decir; pronunciar. dittiya = shining || brillar. dittiya = shining || brillar. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. paritakkane = reflecting; considering || pensar; reflexionar; considerar. pti-sevanesu = joy and associating || alegra; regocijo y asociar(se). pti-sevanesu = joy and associating; serving || alegra; regocijo y asociar(se). gatiya = going || ir.
jyu jug i jut
gatau varjane bhsane
I 168
I 66
I 32
juta juta jusa51 jusa jusi52
I 66, 210 VI 259 I 174
dyut a ...... ru a ju a
dptau
I 777
hisrtha paritarkae
I 716
VIII 348
X 291
I 190
ju
prti-sevanayo
VI 8
jusi
VI 258
......
jua
51 52
I 201
ju a
gatau
VI 37
jsa (Smith). jus (Smith). 57
58
jua jua je
bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. perae = grinding; crushing || aplastar; moler; triturar. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. gatiya = going || ir.
ju a ju a jai
bandhane prerae kaye
VIII 350 I 42, 209
X 105
I 962
jesu
I 181
ce je jeh j ...... jham u jha a
gatau gatau prayatne niyoge (-jane) jpayati bhtyn
I 617 (DP) I 647
jehu [jha]53 jhapa jhamu jhasa
payatane = striving || esforzar(se). ...... dhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. adane = eating || comer. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
I 196
I 675
VIII 296 VIII 323 I 131 I 174
adane hisrtha
I 501 I 720
53
Roots ending in jha and a are not generally met with (in curdi group). But in the grammatical treatises (Sanskrit) they read niyojane. However, this example is not in accordance with the Buddhas word. Therefore, it is not shown. Saddanti, page 296. Las races terminadas en jha y a generalmente no se encuentran (en el grupo curdi). Pero en los tratados gramaticales (snscrito) se lee niyojane. Sin embargo, este ejemplo no est de acuerdo con la Palabra de Buddha. Por lo tanto, no se muestra. Saddanti, pgina 296. 58
59
jhe
cintya = thinking; reflecting || pensar; reflexionar. dittiya = shining || brillar. tosana-nisnesu = giving pleasure and sharpening || complacer; satisfacer; agradar y afilar; aguzar. adane = eating || comer. avabodhane = knowing; understanding || conocer; comprender. mraa-tosana-nisnesu = killing; pleasure; joy and sharpening || matar; complacer; satisfacer; agradar y afilar; aguzar. avabodhane = knowing; understanding || conocer; comprender. velambe = hanging down || colgar. gatyatthe = going || ir.
dhyai
cintym
jhe apa
I 50 VIII 322
...... jap a jna-jpanamraa-toaanina-nimaneu

X 81
amu
I 131 I 50
...... ......
I 51
mraa-toaanimaneu (nineu, K)
I 849
V 249
avabodhane
IX 36
ala ika54
I 167
al a ik
vaiklavye gatyartha
I 887
I 17
I 103
54
ka (Smith). 59
60
ula eka h
velambe = hanging down || colgar. gatyatthe = going || ir. gatinivattiya = stopping from going; standing || detener el movimiento; pararse. gatinivattiya = stopping from going; standing (uppajjamnassa gamanass upacchedo) || detener el movimiento; pararse. sadda-sakhtesu = making sound and telling || producir sonido y decir; anunciar. vehane = wrapping; enveloping || envolver; cubrir. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. vihyasagatiya gamanamatte ca = flying and mere going || ir por el aire (volar) y mero ir.
val a tik a h
vaiklavye gatyartha gatinivttau
I 208 I 55
I 103 I 975
III 225
......
he
I 55
yai
abda-saghtayo
I 959
he apa i55
I 55
ai ap a
veane saghte
I 970
VIII 326
X 138
I 57
vihyas gatau
I 1017
55
(Smith). 60
61
i56
khipan-uanesu = throwing and flying up || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar y volar; despegar. gatiya = going || ir. khepe = throwing || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. hasane = laughing (hsa) || rer; sonrer. kicchajvane = difficult or painful living (kasirajvana) || vida difcil o dolorosa. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. vitakke = thinking; reflecting || pensar; reflexionar. bhsya = speaking || hablar.
......
i57 ipa ipa
III 225 I 121
ip a ip a
vihyas gatau kepe saghte
IV 27
VI 78
VIII 326
X 138
taka taki
I 11
tak a tak i
hasane kicchrajvane
I 120
I 11
I 121
taki takka takka
VIII 283 VIII 281 VIII 283
ak i ...... tark a
bandhane
X 97
bhrtha
X 240
56 57
(Smith). d (Smith). 61
62
takkha
tapane = restraining (savaraa) || controlar; restringir; contener. plane = protecting || proteger; cuidar. gamane = going || ir. savarae = protecting (rakkhaa) || proteger; cuidar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. tanukarae = making thin; reducing || reducir. bhassane = scolding; frightening || reprender; asustar; atemorizar. santajjane = frightening; menacing || asustar; atemorizar; amenazar. gatiya = going || ir. ussaye = to be upright (roha, ubbedha) || estar vertical; ascender; elevacin; altura.
tak a
tvacane
taggha tagi taca tacca taccha tajja
I 29
dagh a tag i tvag i tvac a ...... tak tvak tarj a
ghtane plane ca (Also Majar) gatyartha gatyartha savarae
V 27
I 27
I 158 I 159 VI 18
I 30
I 30
I 41
tankarae tankarae bhartsane
I 685 I 686 I 245
I 44
tajja
VIII 295
tarj a
satarjane
X 142
tacu taa
I 30
tac u tvac u ta a
gatyartha gatyartha ucchrye
I 206 I 207 I 330
I 53
62
63
tai tadi tadi
tane = beating; striking || golpear; pegar. cetya = urging || incitar, instigar. hisndaresu = hurting and disrespect || daar; lastimar; herir y falta de respeto. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. vitthre = spreading; enlarging || extender; expandir; agrandar; ampliar. saddopatpesu = making sound and tormenting || producir sonido y atormentar. kuumbadhrae = supporting a family || sustentar una familia. dittiya = shining (virocana) || brillar. ubbege = terror (utrsa); dread (bhrut) || terror; miedo. santpe = heating || calentar; producir calor.
ta i trad i
tane ceym hisndarayo
I 91
I 69
II 215
ut td ir
VII 9
tadda tanu
I 86
tard a tan u
hisym vistre
I 59
VII 261
VIII 1
tanu
VIII 322
tan u
raddhopakaraayo
X 296
tanta
VIII 308
tatr i
kuumbadhrae
X 139
tapa tapa tapa
I 122
tp a trap tap a
tptau? lajjym? satpe
VI 24 X 276
I 122
I 399
I 122
I 1034
63
64
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. III 235 III 235 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. IV 51
tapa tapa tapa58
santpe = heating || calentar; producir calor. pane = gladdening; satisfying || alegrar; regocijar; satisfacer. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. pane = gladdening; satisfying || alegrar; regocijar; satisfacer. dhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. tittiya = satisfying; satiating (tappana) || satisfacer; saciar. gatiya = going || ir. plavana-taraesu = floating and crossing || flotar y cruzar, atravesar. sambhame = instability (anavahna) || inestabilidad. patihya = supporting || apoyar; soportar; mantener; sostener.
tap a tp a
aivarye v? prane
IV 86
VIII 326
......
tapa
VIII 327
tp a
tptau
X 276
tapa tapha taya tara
VIII 327 I 122
tap a tp a tnph a tay a t
dhe tptau tptau gatau plavana-taraayo
X 275
VI 24 VI 25 I 508 I 1018
I 139 I 150
tara tala
I 150
i tvar
tal a
sabhrame pratihym
I 812
VIII 341
X 58
58
thapa (Smith). 64
65
tasa tasa tassa
pipsya = thirst || sed. pipsya = thirst || sed. santajjane = frightening; menacing || asustar; atemorizar; amenazar. tane = beating; striking || golpear; pegar. ghte = anger; hatred || enojo; odio; ira. plane = protecting || proteger; cuidar. santna-planesu = continuity and protecting || continuidad y proteger; cuidar. vrae = obstructing; hindering (nivraa) || obstruir; obstaculizar. gatyatthe = going || ir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
i t
...... bharts a
pipsym
VI 258 VIII 346
satarjane
X 143
taa taa t tyu
VIII 350 VIII 350 III 225 I 144
...... ta a trai ty ghte plane satna-planayo

X 43
I 1014
I 518
tsa
VIII 347
tras a
dhrae
X 201
tika tika
I 17 IV 246
tik tik a
gatyartha gatau59
I 105 V 20
59
In DP gatau ca, ca indicating skandana also. En gatau ca, DP, ca indica tambin skandana. 65
66
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. IV 246 I 45 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. V 20
tiga tija
hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. nisne khamya ca = sharpening (tikkhatkaraa) and patience (khanti) || afilar; aguzar y paciencia. nisne = sharpening; sharpness (tikkhat) || afilar; aguzar. nisne = sharpening || afilar; aguzar. adane = eating || comer. addabhve = wetness; moistness (tintabhva) || humedad. adhogatiya = going down || ir abajo. gatiya = going || ir. sinehane = sticking || aglutinar, pegar. sinehane = sticking || aglutinar, pegar.
tig a tij a
gatau60 nine (kamy ca, K)
I 1020
tija
VI 259
......
tija tiu timu
VIII 295 VII 263 I 131
tij a t u tim a im a m a ...... til a til a til a
nine adane rdrbhve rdrbhve rdrbhve
X 110
VIII 6
IV 16 IV 17 IV 17
tira tila tila tila
I 158
I 165 I 169
gatau snehane snehane
I 567 VI 62
VIII 340
X 67
60
In DP gatau ca, ca indicating skandana also. En gatau ca, DP, ca indica tambin skandana. 66
67
tiva61 tisa tra
thliye = thickness; bigness || estado de grueso o grande. tittiya = satiating; satisfying || satisfacer; saciar. kammasampattiya = completion of work; accomplishing (kammassa parisampana; nihpana) || conclusin de un trabajo; lograr; consumar; realizar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. balane hisya ca = ability (balanakriy) and hurting || habilidad; capacidad y herir; daar; lastimar. his-bala-dna-niketanesu = hurting; force; strength; giving and living (nivsa) || herir; daar; lastimar; fuerza; dar y residir; habitar; vivir. bhsya = speaking || hablar.
tv a tvi a tra
sthaulye dptau? karmasamptau
I 184
I 1050
VIII 336
X 364
tuja tuji
I 44
tuj a tuj i
hisym plane (balaneKtantra)
I 263
I 44
I 264
tuji
VIII 294
tuj i
his-baldnaniketaneu
X 30
tuji
VIII 295
tuj i
bhrtha
X 215
61
tva (Smith). 67
68
tujja
bala-planesu = force, strength and protecting || fuerza; poder y proteger; cuidar. kalahakammani = quarreling || pelear; disputar. toane = hurting; injuring || herir; lastimar; matar. koille = crookedness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. byathane = oppressing || oprimir; daar; lastimar; herir hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. addane = wetness; moistness || humedad. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
rj a
bala-pranayo
tua tui tua
I 54
tu a tu i du a tu a tud a tup a trup a tuph a tub i kub i turv
kalahakarmai toane kauilye kauilye vyathane hisrth hisym ardane ardane hisrtha
VI 83
I 58
I 295
I 61
VI 42 VI 52 (DP)
tuda tupa tupha tubi tubbi62
I 105
VI I
I 120
I 431 I 433 VI 27
I 122
I 123
I 455 I 429 (DP)
I 123
I 601
62
tubb (Smith). 68
69
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 129 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 788 IV 131 IX 49
tubha
hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. ummne = measuring || medir. nipajjya = lying down; sleeping || dormir; acostarse. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. tuhiya = liking; satisfaction || agradar; satisfacer. bhsya = speaking || hablar. addane = wetness; moistness || humedad. toane = hurting; injuring || herir; lastimar; matar. prae = filling || llenar; completar. nikkarse = lightness (lahubhva) || liviandad, levedad. plane = protecting (rakkhaa) || proteger; cuidar.
tubh a
hisym
tula tuvaa tusa tusa
VIII 341 VIII 297 I 175
tul a ...... tus a tu a
unmne
X 59
abde prtau
I 742
III 240
IV 75
tusi tuhi tua ta tla
VIII 347 I 196
tras i tuh ir tu tu a t a tl a
bhrtha ardane toane toane prae nikare
X 221
I 773
I 200
I 374 VI 92 X 150
VIII 302 I 164
I 560
te
I 62, 209
trai
plane
I 1014
69
70
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 281 I 28 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 819
thaka thaga
paighte = striking || golpear; pegar; chocar. savarae = restraining; protecting || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. devasadde = thundering (megha-sadda) || tronar; sonido de tormenta. thapane = placing; putting || colocar; poner. paibaddhe = to be stiff || estar rgido, duro, inflexible. velambe = hanging down || colgar. santharae = spreading; covering || extender; expandir; cubrir. hne = standing || estar de pie; detener el movimiento.
ak a ag e63
pratighte savarae
I 827
thana
I 112
stan a an a stana
abde
I 489 I 462 (DP)
thana
VIII 321
devaabde
X 313
thapa thabhi thama
VIII 327 I 127
...... abh i am a pratibandhe vaikalye (avaikalye-DP

I 855; avaiklavye-K; vaiklavye-C.)
I 413
I 133
I 883
thara
I 158
st st sthal a
cchdane cchdane
V 6 IX 14
thala
I 167
sthne
I 889
63
hag e (Katre). 70
71
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 198 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. VI 69 (DP) I 68
thaha th
hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. gatinivattiya = stopping from going; standing || detener el movimiento; pararse. dittiya = shining || brillar. thutiya = praising || elogiar; alabar. abhitthave = praising || elogiar; alabar. nitthunane = moaning; groaning || gemir, plair; lamentar. pasde = clearness; brightness || claridad; luminosidad. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. samussaye65 = height (roha, ubbedho) || altura; elevacin. paribrhane = increasing; growing (vahana) || aumentar; crecer; incrementar.
sth h
hisrtha gatinivttau
I 975
thivu thu thu thu
I 170 I 68
...... u ...... ...... stutau

II 34
V 249 V 249
thuca thubbi64 thpa
I 33
uc a thurv p a up a sthla
prasde hisrtha samucchrye samucchrye parivhae
I 188
I 123
I 602
VIII 326
X 134 X 139 (DP)
thla
VIII 344
X 356
64 65
thubb (Smith). samussye (Smith). 71
72
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 68, 209 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 959 I 959
the
sadda-saghtesu = making sound and accumulating; collecting || producir sonido y acumular; juntar; agregar. coriye = theft (corassa bhva) || robo; hurto. silghya = praising (pasas) || elogiar; alabar. dasane67 = stinging; biting || morder; picar. dasane = stinging; biting || morder; picar. gatiya = going || ir. assdane = tasting; enjoying || gustar, saborear; disfrutar; gozar de. vuddhiya sghatte ca = increasing; growing and quickness || crecer; aumentar y rapidez.
styai yai
abda-saghtayo abda-saghtayo
thena thoma66
VIII 322 VIII 311, 332
stena stoma
caurye lghym
X 349
X 377
dasa dasa dasu daka
I 179
dan a da i dhvas u rak a
daane daane avasrasane gatau ca svdane
I 1038
VIII 346 I 183 VIII 283
X 136
I 793 X 197
dakkha
I 25
dak a
vddhau ighrrthe ca
I 639
The entry on page 311 of Saddanti, Dhtuml, is given out of order. La raz en la pgina 311 del Saddanti, Dhtuml, est fuera de orden. 67 dasane (Smith). 72
66
73
dakkha
his-gatsu = hurting and going || daar; lastimar; herir e ir. ghoravsite kakhya ca = making an unpleasant sound and doubting || emitir un sonido desagradable y dudar. daavinipte = punishing || castigar. dhrae = holding; bearing || sostener; soportar; mantener. asghacre = acting slowly; (asghappavatti) || actuar o moverse lentamente. hse = laughing || rer; sonrer. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. ganthane = knitting; tying || tejer; atar; entrelazar.
dak a
gatisanayo gatihisanayo (DP) ghoravsite
dakhi
I 23
drk i
I 701
daa dadha dadhi
VIII 299 I 108
daa dadh a ......
daanipte dhrae
X 381
I8
I 109
dapa dapha daphi dabi dabhi dabhi
III 235 I 122 I 122 I 124
dp a raph a raph i rab i rabh i dbh
hara-mohanayo gatau (varpha-K) gatau (varpha-K) abde abde (abde iti Durga) granthe
IV 90
I 440 I 441 I 401
I 127
I 412
I 129
VI 34
73
74
dabh dama damu
bhaye = fearing || temer. gatimhi = going || ir. damane = taming || domar, amansar; domesticar; entrenar. dna-gati-his-dnarakkhsu = giving; going; hurting; taking; seizing and protecting || dar; ir; herir; daar; lastimar; tomar y proteger; cuidar. bhaye = fearing || temer. darndaresu = respect and disrespect || respeto y falta de respeto. vidrae = splitting; rending || hende(i)r, partir; rajar; rasgar. dhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. visarae = splitting; bursting || partir; separar; rajar; abrirse; romperse. vidrae = rending; splitting || hende(i)r, partir; rajar; rasgar.
dbh dram a dam u
bhaye gatau upaame
I 132 III 237
I 494 IV 94
daya
I 142
day a
dna-gati-rakaahisdneu
I 510
dara dara
I 151 I 151
d d
bhaye dare
I 846 VI 118
dara dara dala
I 158
d ...... dal a
vidrae
IX 23
I 158
I 162
viarae
I 581
dala
VIII 343
dal a
vidrae
X 211
74
75
dalidda
duggatiya = poverty (dukkhassa gati patih) || pobreza; miseria. dassane dasane ca = seeing and stinging; biting || ver y morder; picar. bhsya = speaking || hablar. bhasmkarae dhrae ca = burning and holding; bearing || quemar; hacer cenizas y sostener; soportar; mantener. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. vuddhiya = increasing; growing || crecer; aumentar. dne = giving || dar. kucchite gamane = despicable going; being despicable || ir (caminar) inapropiadamente; ser detestable. sodhane = cleansing || limpiar; purificar; depurar.
daridr
durgatau
dasi
VIII 346
das i
darana-daanayo
X 137
dasi daha
VIII 347 I 195
da i dah a
bhrtha bhasmkarae
X 224
I 1040
daha dahi d d
I 198
th tnh dh a dh i
hisrth hisrth vddhau vddhau
VI 58 VI 58 I 769 I 770 I 977 III 9
I 196
I 74
d u d dne dr kutsy gatau
I 82
II 45
III 225
dai p
odhane
I 971
75
76
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. III 226 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 955
d d d
supane = sleeping || dormir. dne = giving || dar. avakhaane = breaking into pieces; destroying || destruir; romper; rasgar. suddhiya = purity || pureza; purificacin. sosanlamatthesu = making dry and to be able; to suffice; to adorn; to prevent || secar y ser capaz, poder; ser suficiente; adornar; prevenir. yse smatthiye ca = fatigue (kilamana) and ability || fatiga, cansancio y habilidad; capacidad. avakhaane = breaking into pieces; destroying || destruir; romper; rasgar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. dne = giving || dar.
drai ...... do
svapne
III 226 III 226
avakhaane
IV 40
d dkha
III 226 I 21
...... drkh oalamarthayo

I 128
dgha
I 29
drgh
smarthye, drgh yme ca (yse ca, Ks) khaane (avakhaane-K) hisym dne dne
I 115, 117
dna
I 113
dn a
I 1043
dsa dsu
IV 246 I 184
d a d ds
V 33
I 931 I 942
76
77
dhu
niddakkhaye = awakening || despertar (lit. destruccin del sueo). visarae = spreading; pervading || extender; difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir. muiypanayana-niyamabbat-desesu = shaving the head; initiating; restraining; practice and pointing out || rapar; iniciar, ordenar; limitar, restringir; prctica, deber y sealar, indicar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. thutiya = praising || elogiar; alabar. kathana-yuddha-nind-hisdnesu = talking; fighting; blaming; hurting and taking; seizing || hablar; luchar, pelear; reprochar, criticar; daar, lastimar y tomar; asir, agarrar.
dh
nidrkaye
da
I 200
dr
viarae
I 307
dikkha
I 25
dk a
mauyejyopanayan a-niyama-vratdeeu
I 640
dikkha dica dipha
IV 246 I 31
ri ki c a riph a
hisym hisym (kka-C.) stutau katthana-yuddhanind-hisdneu
V 30 V 31 VI 19
I 122
VI 23
77
78
divu
k-vijigis-byavahra-jutithuti-kanti-gati-sattsu = sporting; charming (ramaa); living (vihra); wish to conquer (vijayicch); trading (vohra); splendor (sobh); praising (thoman); beauty (kamanyat); going (gamana); ability (smatthiya) || jugar; encantar; fascinar; residir; habitar; vivir; deseo de conquistar; comerciar; trocar; esplendor; elogiar; alabar; belleza; ir; habilidad; capacidad. parikjane = roaring (gajjana) || rugir, bramar. addane = inflicting; tormenting68 || infligir; atormentar. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. pekkhane = seeing || ver; mirar.
div u
kra-vijigvyavahra-dyutistuti-moda-madasvapna-knti-gatiu
divu divu
VIII 344 VIII 345
div u div u
parikjane mardane K) hisrtha prekae (ardane-
X 166
X 185
disa disa
I 174
ri a d ir
I 725
I 176
I 1037
68
Some say addana means gandhapisana (crushing fragrant substance). Saddanti page 345. Algunos dicen que addana significa gandhapisana (moler una sustancia fragante). Saddanti pg. 345. 78
79
disa
dna-savaraesu = taking and restraining; protecting || tomar; asir y controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. atisajjane = giving; preaching || dar; predicar; instruir. apptiya = disliking || disgustar; desagradar. uccrae = uttering || pronunciar; articular; hablar; decir. upacaye = accumulation || acumular. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. ditti-vedhanesu69 = shining and piercing || brillar y perforar; atravesar; penetrar. dittiya = shining || brillar. gatiya = going || ir.
jha a
dna-savaraayo
disa dis dis
I 189
di a dvi a ......
atisarjane aprtau
VI 3
I 187
II 3
VIII 349
diha d
I 197
dih a d
upacaye kaye
II 5
III 226
IV 26
ddhi
I 110
ddh
dpti-devanayo
II 67
dpa du
III 235 I 82
dp du dru
dptau gatau
IV 42
I 991 I 992
69
devanesu (Smith). 79
80
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. III 226 IV 246 V 249 I 19 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. IV 25
du70 du du71 dukkha
paritpe = tormenting || atormentar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. takriyya = experiencing that = suffering (dukkhya vedanya kriy) || experimentar eso (sufrimiento). gatiya hisya ca = going and hurting || ir y daar; lastimar; herir. upakkilese = impurity; defiling (upakkilissana) || impureza; ensuciar; manchar; contaminar. addane = inflicting; tormenting; hurting (his) || infligir; atormentar; daar; lastimar; herir. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
d d dr dukha
paritpe hisym hisym tatkriyym
V 34
IX 11
X 384
dua
I 61
dru a
his-gatikauilyeu utklee utklee
VI 47
dupha
I 122
dph a dnph a
VI 28 VI 29
dubi
VIII 328
tub i
adarane, ardane ity eke
X 115
dubbi72
I 123
durv
hisrtha
I 603
70 71
d (Smith). d (Smith). 80
81
dula
ukkhepe = throwing up (uddha khipana) || tirar o arrojar hacia arriba. dosane = offending; angering || ofender; causar enojo; molestar. apptiya = disliking || disgustar; desagradar. paprae = filling || llenar; completar. addane = wetness; moistness || humedad. santhambhe = supporting || apoyar; sostener; soportar. sodhane = cleansing (pariyodpana) || limpiar; purificar; depurar. plane = protecting || proteger; cuidar.
dul a
utkepe
dusa
III 239
du a
vaiktye
IV 76
dusa duha duhi dbha73 de
III 239 I 197
dvi a duh a duh ir dbh a dai p
aprtau praprae ardane sandarbhe odhane
II 33
II 4
I 196
I 774
VIII 330 I 82
X 279
I 971
de
I 83, 209
de
rakae
I 1011
72 73
dubb (Smith). dubha (Smith). 81
82
deka
sadd-usshesu = making sound (rava) and striving (vyama) || producir sonido y esforzar(se). paribhsane = abusing; blaming; censuring || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. devane = lamenting; sorrowing || lamentar; sentir pesar. devane = lamenting; sorrowing || lamentar; sentir pesar. plutagatiya = going jumping (pariplutagamana) || ir a saltos. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. savarae = restraining; protecting (rakkha) || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger.
drek
abdotshayo
dea74
I 54
re
paribhae
I 917
debha deva
I 127
rebh dev
abde devane
I 410
I 171
I 529
devu
I 171
tev
devane
I 528
devu
I 171
rev
plavagatau
I 540
desu dvara
I 181
re dv v
avyakte abde varae
I 651
I 150
I 981 I 959 (DP)
74
deu (Smith). 82
83
dhaka
paighte gatiya ca = striking (paihanana) and going || golpear; pegar; chocar e ir. ghoravsite kakhya ca = making an unpleasant sound and doubting || emitir un sonido desagradable y dudar. gatiya = going || ir.
ak a
pratighte
dhakhi
I 23
dhrk i dhvk i
ghoravsite ghoravsite
I 702 I 703
dhaja
I 42
dhraj a dhj a dhvaj a dhraj i dhj i dhvaj i dhan a dhvan a dvana ...... dhm
gatau gatau gatau gatau gatau gatau dhnye abde abde
I 232 I 236 I 238 I 233 I 237 I 239 III 23
dhaji
gatiya = going || ir.
I 42
dhana dhana dhana dhanu dhama
dhae = prosperity (dhanana) || prosperidad. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. ycane = begging || pedir; mendigar. sadd-aggisayogesu = making sound and starting a fire by blowing || producir sonido y encender un fuego soplando.
I 116
I 112
I 854
VIII 321 III 231 I 132
X 343
abdgnisayogayo
I 974
83
84
dhara dhara dhara
dharae = existing (vijjamnat) || existir. aviddhasane = nondestroying || no destruir. avatthne = standing; remaining || permanecer; estar de pie; estar situado. dhrae = holding; bearing || sostener; soportar; mantener. uche = gleaning || espigar. dhrae = holding; bearing || sostener; soportar; mantener. sosanlamatthesu = making dry and to be able; to suffice; to adorn; to prevent || secar y ser capaz, poder; ser suficiente; adornar; prevenir. gatisuddhiya = clear going; running || correr; puro ir. visarae = spreading; pervading || extender; difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir.
dh dh dh
dhrae avadhvasane (see Kappa k) avasthne
I 153
I 1009
I 158
VI 119
dhara dhasa dh dhkha
VIII 336 VIII 347 I 105
...... udhras a uche dhraa-poaayo oalamarthayo

X 202
u dh
dhrkh
III 10
I 21
I 129
dhvu dha
I 171
dhv u dhr
gati-uddhayo viarae
I 632
I 200
I 308
84
85
dhikkha
sandpana-kilesana-jvanesu = shining, defiling and living || brillar; ensuciar; manchar; contaminar; vivir; existir. nihubhane = spitting || escupir. nidassane = pointing out; indicating || sealar; indicar; explicar. nidassane77 = pointing out; indicating || sealar; indicar; explicar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. andare = disrespect || falta de respeto. gati-theriyesu = going and firmness || ir y firmeza; constancia. sandpana-kilesana-jvanesu = shining, defiling and living || brillar; ensuciar; manchar; contaminar; vivir; existir.
dhik a
sadpana-kleanajvaneu
dhimha dhivu75 dhivu76
I 200
...... hiv u nirasane

I 592
I 170
III 238
hiv u
nirasane
IV 4
dhisa dh dhu
I 189
dhi a dh dhru
abde dhre (andare-C.) gati-sthairyayo
III 22
III 231 I 107
IV 28
VI 107
dhukkha
I 23
dhuk a
sadpana-kleanajvaneu
I 633
75 76
hivu (Smith). hivu (Smith). 77 nirasane (Smith). 85
86
dhubbi78 dh dh dh dhpa dhpa dhra79
hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. vidhnane = trembling; shaking || temblar; sacudir. kampane = trembling || temblar; vibrar. kampane = trembling || temblar; vibrar. santpe = heating || calentar; producir calor. bhsya = speaking || hablar. hucchane = crookedness (koilla) || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. kantikarae = beautifying || embellecer. pne = drinking || beber. sadda-saghtesu = making sound and accumulating; collecting || producir sonido y acumular; juntar; agregar.
dhurv dh dh dh dhp a dhp a dhv
hisrtha vidhnane kampane kampane satpe bhrtha hrchane
I 107
VI 105
V 249 VIII 319 I 122
IX 17
X 292
I 423
VIII 327 I 150
X 232
I 986
dhsa dhe dhe80
VIII 346 I 107 I 209
dhs a dhe yai
kntikarae pne abda-saghtayo
X 98
I 951 I 959
78 79
dhubb (Smith). dhura (Smith). 80 he (Smith). 86
87
dheka
sadd-usshesu = making sound (rava) and striving (vyama) || producir sonido y esforzar(se). gaticturiye = skillfulness in going (gatichekabhva) || destreza o habilidad en ir. dhovane = washing || lavar; limpiar. nsane = destroying || destruir; hacer perecer. sambandhe = connecting || conectar; ligar. gatiya = going || ir. gatyatthe = going || ir. natiya = bending || doblar. avasandane = dancing; bending the body (gattavikkhepa) || danzar; doblar el cuerpo o los miembros.
dhrek
abdotshayo
dhora
I 146
dhor
gaticturye
I 585
dhovu nakka nakkha nakkha nakha naa naa
I 170
...... nakk a ...... ak a akh a na a a a na a gatau gatyartha ntau ntau avasyandane

I 692 I 138 I 332 I 818 X 12
VIII 282 VIII 284 I 22 I 22 I 53
nane
X 54
VIII 296
87
88
nata
gattavinme = dancing; bending the body (gattavikkhepa) || danzar; doblar el cuerpo o los miembros. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. bhsya = speaking || hablar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. samiddhiya = success; prosperity || xito; prosperidad. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. bahutte sadde = loud sound (uggatasadda) || sonido fuerte. vandannatiya = bowing down (vandansakhta namana) || hacer reverencia inclinar(se). namane = bending; inclining || inclinar(se); doblar(se).
nt
gtravikepe
nada nada nadda nanda
I 84
ad a ad a nard a
avyakte abde bhrtha abde samddhau
I 55
VIII 313 I 86
X 238
I 57
I 90
u nad i
I 67
nabha
I 129
abh a
hisym bhve pi
I 788 IV 130 IX 48
nama namassa
I 132
am a ......
prahvatve abde ca
I 1030
I 172
namu
I 133
......
88
89
naya
rakkhae gatiya ca = protecting and going || proteger e ir. nayane = leading || guiar; conducir; llevar. ganthe81 = tying; making a knot || atar; amarrar; hacer un nudo. koille = crookedness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. adassane = not seeing; disappearance || desaparicin; ausencia; no ver. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. ycanpatp-issariysssu82 = begging; vexation, trouble; supremacy, domination and wish, hope, desire || pedir; mendigar; molestia; perturbacin; dificultad; supremaca y deseo; esperanza.
ay a
gatau
nara nala
I 151
n al a
naye gandhe (bandhane ity eke) kauilye
I 847
I 167
I 891
nasa
I 183
as a
I 658
nasa
III 240
a a
adarane
IV 85
naha ntha
III 240 I 71, 210
ah a nth
bandhane
ycopatpaivaryu
IV 57
I7
81 82
gandhe (Smith). sissu (Smith). 89
90
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 109, 210 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I6
ndha
ycandsu = begging, etc. (as above) || pedir; mendigar; molestia; perturbacin; dificultad; supremaca y deseo; esperanza. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. parime = measuring || medir. cumbane = kissing || besar. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. suddhiya = purity || pureza; purificacin. kilamane = fatigue; weariness || fatiga; cansancio. kucch-sannikarisesu = reproaching, blaming (garah) and to be near || reprochar, criticar y estar cerca. kucchya = reproaching; blaming (garahattha) || reprochar, criticar; culpar.
ndh
ycopatpaivarysu
nsu nikka nikkha niji niji nitami nida
I 182
s nik a ik a ij i ij i ...... id
abde parime cumbane avyakte abde uddhau
I 656
VIII 283 I 22 I 47
X 147
I 687 II 17
I 47
II 16
I 131
I 97
kuts-sannikarayo
I 921
nidi
I 89
id i
kutsym
I 66
90
91
nidapi
nidampane = removing seeds and leaves without cutting or breaking the plant || quitar las semillas y las hojas sin cortar o daar la planta. thliye = thickness; bigness || estado de grueso o grande. acchdane = clothing; covering || cubrir; arropar, vestir. samdhimhi = putting together; unification of mind (samdhna, cittekaggat) || unificacin de la mente; concentracin. baddhya84 = bondage; attachment (vinibaddha) || esclavitud; apego. cumbane = kissing || besar. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. naye = leading; guiding || guiar; conducir; llevar.
......
niva83 nivsa
I 170
v a nivsa
sthaulye cchdane
I 598
VIII 347
X 339
nisa
I 176
i a
samdhau
I 758
nisa
I 190
mi a
spardhym
VI 60
nis nisu n
I 187 I 174
is i i u n
cumbane seke-Kalpadruma naye
II 15
I 110
I 847
83 84
nva (Smith). phaddhya (Smith). 91
92
ppane = reaching; leading || alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar; guiar; conducir; llevar. vae = color || color. thutiya = praising || elogiar; alabar. perae = grinding; crushing (cuikaraa, pisana) || aplastar; moler; triturar. kucch-sannikarisesu = reproaching, blaming (garah) and to be near || reprochar, criticar y estar cerca. gatiya = going || ir. soceyye = purifying; cleaning || pureza; purificacin; purificar; limpiar. avasasane = hanging down; falling down || colgar; caer. ncagatiya = going or existing low (hnagamana, hnappavatti) || ir o existir bajo.
prpae
nla nu nuda
I 163 I 112
il a u ud a
vare stutau prerae
I 555 II 26
I 105
VI 2 VI 132
neda
I 97
ed r
kuts-sannikarayo
I 921
nesu nh
I 181 III 240
e n
gatau auce
I 648 II 43
pasu pakka85
I 183
sras u phakk a
avasrasane ncair gatau
I 790
I 10
I 119
85
phakka (Smith). 92
93
paca
byattikarae86 = making manifest, clear or distinct || hacer manifiesto. sapke = cooking well || cocinar bien; cocer. pke = cooking || cocinar; cocer. vitthre = spreading; expanding || extender; expandir; agrandar; ampliar. sayamane = restraining; abstaining || controlar; restringir; contener; abstenerse. pucchya = questioning || interrogar, preguntar, inquirir. icchya = wishing; desiring; longing || desear; anhelar. gatiya = going || ir. bhsya = speaking || hablar.
pac i
vyaktkarae
paca
I 34
pc
saparcane saparke (saparkeK) pke vistvacane
II 20 VII 25
paca paci
I 34
u pac a
pac i
I 1045
VIII 292
X 109
pacca
VIII 293
pc a
sayamane
X 265
paha paha
I 194
...... pra(c)ch a jpsym

VI 120 VI 133 (DP)
I 195
paa paa
I 53 VIII 297
pa a pa a
gatau bhrtha
I 317 X 212
86
vyattkarae (Smith). 93
94
paa paha
ganthe = tying; making a knot || atar; amarrar; hacer un nudo. viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado. vikhyne = to be manifest || manifestacin; aparecer. gatiya = going || ir. parihse = laughing || rer; sonrer. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. byavahre thutiya ca = trading; exchanging; doing business and praising || comerciar; intercambiar y elogiar; alabar. byavahre = trading; exchanging; doing business || comerciar; intercambiar. harite = being green; being fresh || estar verde; estar fresco. gatiya = going || ir.
paa pah a
granthe vyakty vci
I 466
paha pai pai pai
I 57
prath a pa i sphu i sphu i pi i
prakhyne gatau parihse ity api saghte
I 802 X 19
I 58 VIII 298 VIII 299
I 301 X4
X 131
paa
I 61
pa a
vyavahre stutau ca
I 466
paa
VIII 305
......
paa
VIII 304
para
haritabhve
X 392
pata
I 63
pat
gatau
I 898
94
95
pata pattha patha pathi pada pada pana panu pabba pabba paya para
gatiya = going || ir. ycanya = begging || pedir; mendigar. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. dne = giving || dar. gatiya = going || ir. prae = filling || llenar; completar. gatiya = going || ir. plana-praesu = protecting and filling || proteger, cuidar y llenar; completar.
pata ...... path e path i pad a pada van a a u parb a parv a pay a p
gatau v
VIII 311 I 73 VIII 310 III 227 VIII 314 I 112
gatau gatau gatau gatau abde dne gatau prae gatau plana-praayo
I 898 X 39
IV 60
X 350
I 490
VII 263 I 123 I 124
VIII 2
I 443 I 608
I 139 I 154
I 505 III 4
95
96
para pala
gatiya = going || ir. lavana-pavanesu = cutting (chedana) and cleansing; cleaning (sodhana) || cortar y limpiar; purificar. gatiya = going || ir. upadhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. vitthre = spreading; expanding || extender; expandir; agrandar; ampliar. bdhana-phassanesu = afflicting and touching; contacting || afligir; afectar y tocar. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. nsane = destroying || destruir; hacer perecer. pne = drinking || beber. rakkhae = protecting || proteger; cuidar.
...... palyla lavana-pavanayo

X 335
VIII 344
pala palusu pasa
VIII 344 I 174
...... plu u pras a dhe vistre

I 737
I 183
I 803
pasa
I 184
spa a
bdhana-sparanayo
I 936
pasa pasi p p
VIII 346 VIII 345 I 117 I 118
pa a pas i p p
bandhane nae pne rakae
X 179
X 74
I 972 II 47
96
97
p pyi87 pra
prae = filling || llenar; completar. vuddhiya = increasing; growing || crecer; aumentar. kammasampattiya = completion of work; accomplishing (kammassa parisampana; nihpana) || conclusin de un trabajo; lograr; consumar; realizar. rakkhae = protecting || proteger; cuidar. his-bala-dna-niketanesu = hurting; force, strength; giving and living (nivsa) || herir; daar; lastimar; fuerza; dar y residir; habitar; vivir. bhsya = speaking || hablar. sadda-saghesu = making sound and accumulating; collecting || producir sonido y acumular.
pr
prae vddhau karmasamptau
I 144
o pyy
pra
I 517
VIII 336
X 363
pla piji
VIII 340 VIII 294
pl a pij i
rakae his-baldnaniketaneu
X 69
X 31
piji pia
VIII 295 I 53
pij i pi a
bhrtha abda-saghtayo
X 217
I 318
87
py (Smith). 97
98
piha
his-sakilesesu = hurting and defiling || daar; lastimar; herir y ensuciar; manchar; contaminar. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. gahae = taking || tomar. khepe = throwing || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar. gatiya = going || ir. thliye = thickness; bigness || estado de grueso o grande. cuane = grinding; crushing || aplastar; moler; triturar. bala-panesu = force, strength and breathing || fuerza; poder y respirar. pesane = sending || enviar; mandar. gatiya = going || ir.
pih a
hissakleanayo
pii pila88 pila pilahi piva89 pisa pisa
I 58
pi i
saghte
I 293
I 169 VIII 342 I 196 I 170
il a vil a plih a pv a pi ......
gahane? kepe gatau sthaulye sacrane
VI 68 X 65
I 673 I 595
II 216 VIII 345
VII 15
pisa pisi
VIII 348 I 176
pis a pis
gatau gatau
X 32
I 751
88 89
mila (Smith). pva (Smith). 98
99
pisi pisu pisu
bhsya = speaking || hablar. upadhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. avayave = limb; part; constituent || miembro; parte; componente. icchya = wishing; desiring || desear. alakhre = decorating; ornamenting || ornamentar; decorar; adornar. tappana-kantsu = to be pleased and to like || estar satisfecho, complacerse y gustar. ptiya = joy || alegra; regocijo. pane = gladdening; satisfying (paripuat) || alegrar; regocijar; satisfacer. avaghane = inflicting; tormenting || afligir; atormentar. gatiya = going || ir.
pis i ri u pi a
bhrtha dhe avayave
I 733
I 189
VI 143
piha piadhi
VIII 349 I 109
spha ......
psym
X 325
V 252
pr
tarpae kntau ca
IX 2
p pa
IV 245 I 61
p p a
prtau prane
V 12
VI 40
pa
VIII 350
p a
avaghane
X 11
pu
I 209
pru
gatau
I 1006
99
100
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 39 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. VI 120 VI 133 (DP)
puccha
pahe = questioning || interrogar, preguntar, inquirir. sakilesane = afflicting; defiling; smearing || afligir; afectar; ensuciar; manchar; contaminar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. vibhede = dividing || dividir. bhsya = speaking || hablar. appabhve = smallness; littleness || pequeez; poquedad. nipue = to be clever; to be skillful || ser hbil; ser diestro; ser inteligente. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar.
pra(c)ch
jpsym
pua
I 54
pu a
saleae
VI 74
pua pua pua pua
VIII 297 VIII 297 VIII 297 VIII 296
sphi a ...... pu a pu a
hisym
X 91
bhrtha alpbhve
X 213
X 24
pua pua90
I 61
pu a
karmai ubhe
VI 43
VIII 302
pl a pr a pu a
saghte, ity Eke, ity Anye
X 94
90
pa (Smith). 100
101
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 311 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 52 X 52
puttha
darndaresu = respect and disrespect || respeto y falta de respeto. bhsya = speaking || hablar. pahre = striking; hitting || golpear; pegar. his-sakilesesu = hurting and defiling || daar; lastimar; herir y ensuciar; manchar; contaminar. vitthre = spreading; expanding || extender; expandir; agrandar; ampliar. abhimaddane = crushing; subjugating || aplastar; triturar; subyugar. vikasane = expanding; blooming; opening up || expanderse; florecer; abrirse. prae = filling || llenar; completar. niketane = living (nivsa) || residir; habitar; vivir.
pust a bust a puth a ...... puth i
darndarayo darndarayo bhrtha
putha putha puthi
X 235
his-sakleanayo
I 45
puthu
I 74
pth u
vistre
K 1.513
punsa
VIII 345
pus a
abhivardhane (mardane-K) vikasane
X 95
puppha
I 122
pup a
IV 15
pubba
I 124
purv a prv a gurd a
prae
I 607 I 577 (DP)
pubba
VIII 328
prvaniketane Pryae dvau dht (K)
X 126
101
102
pura
aggagamane = going first; leading (padhnagamana, pahamam eva gamana v) || ir primero; liderar. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. mahatte = greatness || grandeza. buddhiya = knowing || conocer; comprender. pasave = growing; bringing forth || crecer; aumentar; producir; generar; procrear. posane = nourishing || nutrir; alimentar. sineha-savana-praesu = oil, sticking; hearing and filling || aceite, aglutinar, pegar; oir, escuchar y llenar; completar. posane = nourishing || nutrir; alimentar.
pur a
agragamane
pula91
I 164
pl a
saghte
I 561
pula pusa92 pusa93
I 168
pul a p a a
mahattve vddhau prasave
I 894
I 173
I 706
I 173
I 710
pusa pusa
I 174
pu a pru a plu a
puau snehana-sevanapraesu
I 732
V 256
IX 55 IX 56
pusa
V 256
pu a
puau
IX 57
91 92
pla (Smith). See note at cusa. Ver nota en cusa. 93 psa (Smith). 102
103
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 345 VIII 347 I 174 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 210
pusa pusa pusu pua pua
posane = nourishing || nutrir; alimentar. dhrae = holding; bearing || sostener; soportar; mantener. upadhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. sukhane = happiness || felicidad. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. pavane = cleansing (sodhana) || limpiar; purificar. pavane = cleansing (sodhana) || limpiar; purificar. pjya = venerating; honoring || venerar; honrar. visarae duggandhe ca = spreading (vippharaa) and bad smell || extender; difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir y mal olor. prae = filling || llenar; completar.
pu a pu a pru u p a pu a
dhrae dhrae dhe sukhane utsarge?
X 210
I 736
I 201
VI 39
I 201
VI 90
p p pja py
I 118
p p pj a py i
pavane pavane pjym viarae durgandhe ca
I 1015
V 252 VIII 294 I 143
IX 12
X 101
I 513
pra
I 146
p p p
plana-praayo plana-praayo prae
III 4 IX 19 X 15
103
104
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 335 I 119 I 120 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 261
pri pe pe pe pelu pesa pesu potha
appyane = fulfilling || completar; cumplir; satisfacer. gatiya = going || ir. vuddhiya = increasing; growing || crecer; aumentar. sosane = making dry || secar. gatiya = going || ir. paiharae = bringing back || traer; devolver. gatiya = going || ir. pariyyanabhve94 = going round || ir dar vueltas; ir alrededor. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. pharae = pervading; spreading; going (bypana, gamana) || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir; expandir; extender; ir.
pr ...... pyai pai pel ...... pes proth
pyyane
vddhau oae gatau
I 1013
I 120 I 165 VIII 345 I 176 I 74
I 968 I 574
gatau paryptau
I 752 I 919
plu phaa phara
I 209 I 61 I 156
plu pha a sphur a
gatau gatau sacalane, sphurae, sphara ity Anye
I 1007 I 873 VI 95 VI 109 -10 (DP)
94
pariypanabhve (Smith). 104
105
phala
visarae = splitting; cracking || partir; separar; rajar; abrirse; romperse. nibbattiya95 = producing; giving fruit || producir; dar fruto. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. bhede = breaking; dividing || romper; dividir. vuddhiya = increasing; growing || crecer; aumentar. vilekhane = scratching || rayar; escribir. visarae = spreading; pervading || extender; difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir. visarae = spreading; bursting; splitting || extendirse; difundir; partir; separar; rajar; abrirse; romperse.
i phal a
viarae
phala
I 164
phal a
nipattau
I 563
phala phala phyi96 phla phucha
I 164
......
I 164
i phal
sphy hal a sphurch
viarae vddhau vilekhane visttau (vismtauKs)
I 549
I 144
I 516
I 167
I 890
I 39
I 228
phua
I 54
sphu a
vikasane
VI 80
95 96
nipphattiya (Smith). phy (Smith). 105
106
phua
vikasane = blooming; opening; expanding || expandirse; abrirse; florecer. vibhede = dividing || dividir. vikirae vidhunane ca = scattering and shaking || esparcir, diseminar, desparramar, dispersar y temblar; sacudir. sacale pharae ca = trembling, shaking and pervading; spreading || temblar; sacudir y difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir; extender. vikasana-bhedesu = blooming; opening; expanding and breaking; dividing || florecer; abrirse; expandirse y romper; dividir. samphasse = touching; contacting || tocar.
sphu a
vikasane
phua phua
VIII 297 I 62
sphu a ......
bhedane
X 182
phula
I 169
sphul a phul a
sacalane sacalane
VI 96 VI 110 (DP)
phulla
I 165
phull a
vikasane
I 565
phusa
I 189
sp a
saparane
VI 128
106
107
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 84 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 51 (DP)
bada baddha97 badha bandha bala
theriye = firmness (thirabhva) || firmeza; constancia. saharise = binding (vinibaddhakriy) || ligar; atar. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. pane = breathing; living (jvana) || respirar; existir. vuddhiya = increasing; growing || crecer; aumentar. vuddhiya sadde ca = increasing; growing and making sound || crecer; aumentar y producir sonido. viloane = stirring || revolver; menear; batir. patitthambhe = supporting || apoyar; soportar; mantener; sostener; base; apoyo.
vad a
sthairye
I 108
spardh a badh a badh a bal a val a bh a bh i bh i bh ir
saghare bandhane bandhane

prane-dhnyvarodhane ca or -dhnyvarodhe ca
I3
VIII 320 I 109
I 1022
I 1022
I 167
I 893 I 865 (DP)
bahi bahi
I 196
vddhau vddhau vddhau abde ca ity Eke
I 771 I 772 I 737 (DP)
I 196
bdha bila98
I 108
bdh pl a
viloane pratiambhe
I5
I 162
I 554
97 98
bandha (Smith). bla (Smith). 107
108
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 200 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 339 I 318 (DP) I 122
bia
akkose = insulting; abusing || insultar; agraviar. bhassane = barking (sunakhabhassana) || ladrar. bhassane = barking (sunakhabhassana) || ladrar. vajiranibbese100 = thundering || tronar, sonido de tormenta. bodhane = knowing || conocer; comprender. avagamane = knowing (jnana) || conocer; comprender. bodhane = knowing (jnana); opening up (vikasana) and awakening (niddakkhaya) || conocer; comprender; abrirse y despertar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
bi a vi a bukk a bukk a
u o sphurj
kroe; nto yam iti Nand (K) bhaae bhaae vajranirghoe bodhane (budha-K) avagamane
bukka bukka buja99 budha budha
I 11
VIII 283 I 43
X 173
I 254
I 110
budh ir budh a
I 924
III 228
IV 63
budha
III 230
......
budhi
VIII 319
......
99
100
phja (Smith). vajiranipphese (Smith). 108
109
bundi bua101
nisne = sharpening; to be sharp (tejana, tikkhat) || afilar; aguzar. savarae = restraining; protecting || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. gatiya = going || ir. dukkha-bhaya-calanesu = suffering, fearing and trembling || sufrir; temer y temblar; sacudir; vibrar. tane = beating; striking || golpear; pegar. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. cittasamussagge102 = relinquishing ones mind || abandonar la mente. ummsane103 = opening the eyes || abrir los ojos. byjikarae104 = deceiving (byjikriy) || engaar.
u bund ir
nimane
I 201
vru a
savarae
VI 99
belu byatha
I 165 I 73
phel vyath a
gatau bhaya-sacalanayo
I 575 I 801
byadha byaya
III 232 VIII 334
vyadh a vya
tane kepe
IV 72
K. 10.84
byaya
VIII 334
vyaya
vittasamutsarge
X 386
by byca
101 102
I 138
...... vyac a vyjkarae

VI 12
I 31
phua (Smith). vittasamussagge = squandering ones wealth (Smith); gastar la propia riqueza. 103 ummisane (Smith). 109
110
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 346 I 139 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
byusa105 bye
ussagge = rejecting; emiting || descartar; rechazar; desechar. savarae = restraining; protecting || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. pavattiya = existing; happening || existir; ocurrir; suceder, acontecer. uggame = rising; going up || surgir; salir; aparecer. viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado. vahane = growing; increasing || crecer; aumentar. avasasane = hanging down; falling down || colgar; caer. adane = eating || comer. sevya = associating; serving || asociar(se); servir. pke = cooking || cocinar; cocer.
pya ka vye
utsji (Kalpadruma) savarae

I 1056
bye
I 139
......
braha br
I 198
vh bh br
udyamane ity anye vyakty vci
VI 57
I 145
II 35
brha bhasu bhakkha bhaja bhaja

104 105
I 198
bh a bhras u bhak a bhaj a bhrasj a
vddhau avasrasane adane sevym pke
I 771
I 183
I 792
VIII 284 I 47
X 22
I 1047
I 47
VI 4
vyjkarae (Smith). vyasa (Smith). See Monier 1010. 110
111
bhaja bhaji
vissse = confiding; trusting || confiar. bhajjane = heating; frying; roasting (tpakaraa) || calentar; producir calor; freir; asar. bhsya = speaking || hablar. bhattiya = devoting; serving || dedicar; servir. paribhsane = abusing; blaming; censuring || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar. paribhsane = abusing; blaming; censuring || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar. kalye = goodness (kalyat) || bondad; estado de bueno. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. bhaane = telling; expounding || decir; anunciar; exponer.
bhaj a bhj
virane bharjane
I 191
bhaji bhaa bhaa
VIII 295 I 53
bhaj i bha a bha a
bhrtha bhtau paribhae
X 219
I 329
I 54
I 817
bhai
I 58
bha i
paribhae
I 292
bhai
VIII 299
bha i
kalye
X 50
bhaa bhaa
I 59
bha a bra a ......
abdrtha abdrtha
I 474 I 479
I 60
111
112
bhadi
kalle sokhiye ca = goodness (kalya) and happiness (sukhino bhvo) || bondad, bueno y felicidad. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. posane = nourishing || nutrir; alimentar. paribhsana-hisdnesu = abusing; blaming; censuring; hurting and taking; seizing || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar; daar; herir; lastimar y tomar. paribhsana-hisdnesu = abusing; blaming; censuring; hurting and taking; seizing || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar; daar; herir; lastimar y tomar. gahae = taking || tomar. bhassane = talking; conversing (kathana) || hablar; conversar.
bhad i
kalyae sukhe ca
bhabba bhara bhala
I 123
bharv a
bh u bh
hisym bharae dhraapoaayo paribhaahisdneu
I 611
I 158
I 946 III 5 I 524
I 166
bhal a
bhalla
I 166
bhall a
paribhaahisdneu
I 525
bhasa bhassa
VIII 347 I 174
gras a bha a
grahae bhartsane
X 209
I 726
112
113
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 189 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. III 18
bhassa
bhassana-dittsu = speaking (vacana) and shining; to be beautiful (sobh) || hablar, decir y brillar; belleza; esplendor. bhassane = talking; conversing || hablar; conversar. dittiya = shining || brillar. dittiya = shining || brillar. puthakammani = separating (puthakkaraa, visukriy) || separar, dividir. bhjana-dnesu = dividing; distributing and giving || dividir; distribuir y dar. kodhe = to be angry || enojo, odio, ira. kodhe = to be angry || enojo, odio, ira. byattya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado.
bhas a
bhartsana-dptyo
bhassa
III 239
......
bh bhja bhja bhja106
I 125 I 45
bh bhrj u bhrj bhja
dptau dptau dptau pthakkarmai
II 42 I 194 I 875 X 340
VIII 295
VIII 296
bhaj a
virane?
X 194
bhma bhma bhsa
I 132
bhm a bhma bh a
krodhe krodhe vyakty vci
I 468
VIII 334 I 179
X 320
I 643
106
bhaja (Smith). 113
114
bhsu
dittiya = shining (virjanat) and manifesting (pkaat) || brillar y manifestacin (ser claro o evidente). ycane = begging || pedir; mendigar. bhijjane = breaking itself || romperse. vidrae = splitting; rending || hendir, partir; rajar; rasgar. bhaye = fearing || temer. bhaye = fearing || temer. koille = crookedness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. plan-abyavaharaesu = protecting (rakkhaa) and swallowing (ajjhoharaa) || proteger, cuidar y tragar, ingerir. bharae = supporting; bearing || apoyar; soportar; mantener; sostener; cargar. sattya = being; existing || ser; existir; estar.
bh
dptau
bhikkha bhidi bhidhi bhisi bh bhuja
I 24
bhik a ...... bhid ir bhyas a
bhikym albhe lbhe ca
I 637
III 226 II 214 I 183 I 125 I 48
vidrae bhaye (bhe -C.) bhaye kauilye
VII 2
I 659 III 2 VI 124
i bh
bhuj o
bhuja
II 213
bhuj a
planbhyavahrayo
VII 17
bhui
I 58
hu i
varae (bharae-C.)
I 296
bh
I 202
bh
sattym
I1
114
115
bh
pattiya = reaching; attaining (ppana) || alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar. avakampane = shaking || vibrar; sacudir; agitar. bhsya = speaking || hablar. alakre = decorating; ornamenting || ornamentar; decorar; adornar. alakre = decorating; ornamenting || ornamentar; decorar; adornar. dittiya = shining || brillar. calane = trembling || temblar; sacudir; vibrar. maane = adorning; decorating (bhsana) || ornamentar; decorar; adornar. makkhane = smearing; anointing || untar; manchar; ungir. sakhate = making || hacer, construir, crear.
bh
prptvtmanepad
bh bha
VIII 330 VIII 302
bhuv a bhr a
avakalkane ym viakayo alakre
X 207
X 151 X 157 (DP)
bhsa
I 173
bh a
I 712
bhsa
VIII 347
bh a
alakre
X 190
bheja bhesu maki
I 45 I 184
bhrej bhre mak i
dptau calane ca (K) maane
I 193
I 16
I 89
makkha
VIII 284
mrak a
mlecchane?
X 120
makkha
I 22
mk a
saghte = striking (mraka)
I 694
115
116
makha makhi maga magi magga maghi
gatyatthe = going || ir. kakhya = doubting || dudar. anvesane = seeking; searching || buscar. gamane = going || ir. gavesane = seeking; searching || buscar. ketave gatyakkhepe ca = cheating; deceiving and jumping up || engaar y saltar, brincar. kakkane = rubbing the body; massaging (sarre ubbaana) || frotar o dar masajes en el cuerpo. dhra-ucchya-pjanesu = holding; bearing; removing impurities (malaharaa) and venerating; honoring || sostener; soportar; mantener; cargar; eliminar impurezas y venerar, honrar. sasuddhiya = purity || pureza; purificacin.
makh a mk i mga mag i mrg a magh i
gatyartha kkym anveae gatyartha anveae gatykepe kaitave ca
VIII 286 I 27 VIII 286 I 29
X 352
I 157 X 302
I 112
maca
I 33
mac a
kalkane
I 184
maci
I 33
mac i
dhraocchryapjaneu
I 186
majja
I 47
mj u masj o
uddhau
II 57 VI 122
116
117
majja
soceyylakresu = purity and decorating; ornamenting || purificacin, pureza y decorar; ornamentar. gatiya = going || ir.
mj u
auclakrayo
macu
I 30
mruc u mluc u mruc u mluc u mah a mah i ma i va i ma i mu i ma i
gatyartha gatyartha gatyartha gatyartha (C. 1-49) mada-nivsayo oke vibhjane veane (C.) mrjane (majjaneK) bhy hare ca
I 208 I 209 I 210 I 211 I 355 I 282
maha maha mai mai mai
nivse = living || residir, vivir. soke = grieving; sorrowing || lamentar; sentir pesar. vehane = wrapping; enveloping || envolver; cubrir. majjane = rubbing || frotar. bhsya hasane ca = ornamenting; decorating and laughing || ornamentar; decorar y rer; sonrer. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. cge = giving up; abandoning || dejar; abandonar; renunciar. viloane = stirring || revolver; menear; batir.
I 56 I 57
I 58
I 291
I 58
I 294
VIII 299
X 54 (DP)
maa maa mattha
I 59
ma a ...... ......
abdrtha
I 475
I 62
I 71
117
118
matha mada
vilothane = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. ummde = delusion (muyhana); absence of mindfulness; forgetfulness (sativippavsa); madness (cittavikkhepa) || ignorancia; engao; ilusin; falta de atencin; olvido; locura. vittiyoge = happiness || felicidad. thuti-moda-mada-supanagatsu = praising; rejoicing; intoxicating, pride; sleeping and going || elogiar, alabar; regocijar; intoxicar, orgullo; dormir e ir. maddane = crushing || aplastar; triturar. unde = wetting; moistening || mojar; humedecer. abbhse = repetition; practice; excesive desire || repeticin; prctica; deseo excesivo. e = knowing || conocer; comprender.
math e mad
viloane hare?
III 227
IV 99
mada madi
VIII 312 I 92
mad a mad i
tptiyoge stuti-moda-madasvapna-knti-gatiu
X 165
I 13 (DP)
madda madhu mana
I 95
mrad a md u mdh u mn
mardane mardane undane (unde-K) abhyse
I 804 C. I 923
I 110
I 113
I 976
mana
III 232
man a
jne
IV 67
118
119
mana
thambhe = rigidity of mind (cittassa thaddhat) || rigidez de la mente. bodhane = knowing || conocer; comprender. guttabhsane = protected speaking; confidential speaking || lenguaje confidencial; consultar. viloane = stirring || revolver; menear; batir. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. pacge = abandonment of life; dying || abandono de la vida; morir. titikkhya = enduring; forgiving || soportar, aguantar; tolerar; perdonar. secane sahane ca = sprinkling and enduring || rociar, asperjar; vertir y soportar, aguantar; tolerar.
mn a
stambhe
manu manta
VII 263 VIII 308
man u matr i
avabodhane guptaparibhae
VIII 9
X 146 (DP)
mantha mabba mabbha maya mara
I 71
manth a marb a mabhr a may a m
viloane gatau gatyrtha gatau pratyge
I 43
I 123 I 125 I 139 I 157
I 446 I 590 I 506 VI 110
marisa
VIII 348
m a
titikym
X 305
marisu
I 174
m u
secane sahane ca
I 739
119
120
mala malla masa masa
dhrae = holding; bearing || sostener; soportar; mantener. dhrae = holding; bearing || sostener; soportar; mantener. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. sadde rose ca = making sound and anger || producir sonido y enojo; ira. masane = touching; rubbing || tocar; frotar. appbhve khamya ca = smallness; littleness and tolerance; patience || pequeez; poquedad y paciencia; tolerancia. pahsane = laughing || rer; sonrer. pjya = venerating; honoring || venerar; honrar. vuddhiya = increasing; growing || crecer; aumentar.
mal a mall a ma a ma a
dhrae dhrae hisrtha abde roakte ca
I 166
I 523
I 174
I 723
I 176
I 725 (DP)
masa masa
I 189
m a m a
marae titikym
VI 131
III 239
IV 55
masa107
VIII 348
dh a
prasahane prahasane pjym vddhau
X 306 X 318 (DP)
maha maha
I 196
mah a mah i
I 766
I 196
I 665
107
dhasa (Smith). 120
121
maha m
pjya = venerating; honoring || venerar; honrar. mne sadde ca = honoring; liking and making sound || venerar, honrar; agradar y producir sonido. parime = measuring || medir. parime = measuring || medir. vmasya = investigating || investigar. pjya pemane vmasya = venerating; honoring; loving and investigating || venerar, honrar; amar, querer e investigar. mpane = building; constructing || construir, edificar. mne = honoring; liking || venerar, honrar y agradar.
maha m m
pjym mne
II 53 II 6
m m mna mna
V 253 VII 265 I 113
......
mn a mn a
pjym pjym
I 1021
VIII 321
X 299
mpa mhu108
VIII 327
......
I 197
mh
mne
I 943
108
mh (Smith). 121
122
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. IV 245 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. V4
mi
pakkhepane = putting into; throwing into || poner en/ dentro de; arrojar en/dentro de. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. snehe = sticking (vassakhto sneho); liking (ptisneho) || aglutinar, pegar; agradar. medh-hissu = wisdom and hurting || sabidura y daar; lastimar; herir. sinehane = sticking || aglutinar, pegar. sinehane = joy (pti) || alegra; regocijo. gatimhi = going || ir. sinehane = sticking || aglutinar, pegar. gattavinme = bending the body or limbs || doblar el cuerpo o los miembros.
u mi
prakepae
mia mida
I 61
m a
hisym snehane
VI 41
I 94
i mid
I 779
mida
I 97
mid
medh-hisanayo
I 920
mida mida mima109 mila mile
III 228 VIII 312 I 132 I 169
i mid
mid a mm mil a mlai
snehane snehane gatau leae harakaye (gtravinme-K)
IV 133
X8
I 496 VI 71
I 166
I 953
109
mma (Smith). 122
123
milecha
aviyattya vcya = inarticulate speech || lenguaje inarticulado. abyattya vcya = inarticulate speech || lenguaje inarticulado. ummde = madness || locura. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. thliye = thickness; bigness || estado de grueso o grande. sadde rose ca = making sound and anger || producir sonido y enojo; ira. sajjane = clinging; attachment; making; preparing || apego, adhesin; hacer; preparar. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. sammisse = mixing || mezclar. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir.
mlech a
avyakte abde
milecha
VIII 294
mlech a
avyakty vci
X 121
mileu milevu miva110 misa
I 52 I 171
mre mlev mv a mi a
unmde (mre -K) secane sthaulye abde roakte ca
I 313 I 535
I 170
I 596
I 176
I 725 (DP)
misa
VIII 348
......
misu missa miha

110
I 174
mi u mira mih a
secane saparke secane
I 730
VIII 348 I 195
X 375
I 1041
mva (Smith). 123
124
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. V 253 I 162 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. IX 4
m mla mla muca
hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. nimelane = closing the eyes || cerrar los ojos; parpadear. nimlane = winking; blinking || parpadear; cerrar los ojos. mocane = setting free; releasing || libertar, liberar, poner en libertad, soltar. mokkhe = to get released; to get freed || ser liberado. kakkane = rubbing the body (sarre ubbaana) || frotar o dar masajes en el cuerpo. moha-mucchsu = delusion and fainting || ignorancia; engao; ilusin y desmayo; desvanecimiento. saddatthe = making sound || producir sonido. osdane = sinking || hundir; sumergir. pamaddane = crushing; overcoming || aplastar; triturar; superar; vencer.
m ml a ...... muc
hisym nimeae
I 550
VIII 342 II 213
mokae
VI 136
muca muci
III 223 I 33
...... muc i kalkane

I 185
muccha
I 39
murch
mohasamucchryayo
I 227
muji mujja mua
I 44
muj a muj i ...... mu a
abdrtha abdrtha
I 269 I 270
I 49
I 54
mardane, mua iti Durga
I 324 (DP)
124
125
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 54 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. VI 94 (DP)
mua
aggisadda-pakkhepamaddanesu = sound of fire; putting in, throwing in and crushing || sonido del fuego; poner en/dentro de, arrojar en/dentro de y aplastar, triturar. sacuane = grinding; crushing || moler; aplastar; triturar. kaane (khaane) = cutting || cortar. paie = promising; acknowledging; admitting || prometer; reconocer; admitir. pasavane = flowing; passing urine || fluir, correr; orinar. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. hse111 = laughing (hasana); liking; satisfaction (tuhi) || rer; sonrer; agradar; satisfacer; satisfaccin.
mu a
kepa-mardanayo
mua
VIII 296
mu a
sacrane
X 73
mui mua
I 58
mu i mu a
khaane pratijne
I 348
I 61
VI 44
mutta muttha
VIII 309 VIII 311
mtra must a
prasravae saghte
X 361
X 88
muda
I 92
mud a
hare
I 16
111
hasse (Smith). 125
126
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 313 I 117 V 251 I 124 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 200
muda muna muna mubbi112 mura
sasagge = uniting (ekatokaraa) || unir (lit. hacer uno). gatiya = going || ir. e = knowing || conocer; comprender. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. savehane = surrounding; wrapping; enveloping || envolver; cubrir; circundar. theyye = stealing (thenana, corik) || robar; hurtar. theyye = stealing || robar; hurtar. vecitte = mental confusion || confusin. sukhane = happiness || felicidad. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar.
mud a un a ...... murv mur a
sasarge gatau?
VI 46
bandhane saveane
I 606
I 156
VI 53
musa musa muha mua m m
I 173
m a113 mu a muh a m a m ......
steye steye vaicittye sukhane bandhane
I 707
V 256 III 240 I 201
IX 58
IV 89
VI 38
I 130
I 1016
V 254
112 113
mubb (Smith). mu a (K). 126
127
mla
patihya = supporting; footing || apoyar; soportar; mantener; sostener; base; fundamento. rohane = rising; growing || levantar(se), subir; crecer. lavana-pavanesu = cutting (chedana) and cleansing; cleaning (sodhana) || cortar y limpiar; purificar. paidna-dnesu = restitution, restoration and taking; seizing || restitucin, devolucin y tomar, asir. ummde = madness || locura. medh-hissu = wisdom and hurting || sabidura y daar; lastimar; herir. hisya sagame ca = hurting and meeting; associating || daar; lastimar; herir y reunin; asociacin. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir.
ml a
pratihym
mla mla
VIII 342 VIII 344
ml a palyl a
rohae lavana-pavanayo
X 63
X 267 (K.)
me
I 130
me
praidne
I 1010
meu meda
I 52 I 97
mle med
unmde (mre -K) medh-hisanayo
I 312 I 920
medha
I 109
medh
medh-hisanayo sagame ca (not in Katre) secane
I 920 I 895 (DP)
mevu
I 171
mev
I 534
127
128
mokkha mokkha mhi yakkha yaja
muccane = being freed || estar libre, ser liberado. sane114 = sitting || sentar(se), estar sentado. sahasane = laughing a little; smiling || sonrer. pjya = venerating; honoring || venerar; honrar. devapja-sagatakaraa-dnadhammesu = venerating; honoring the Buddha, etc. (Buddhdipj); connecting (samodhnakaraa); renunciating (pariccga) and spiritual practices (jhnasldi) || venerar, honrar; honrar al Buddha, etc.; unir, conectar; renunciar y prctica de moralidad (sla), concentracin de absorcin (jhna), etc. patiyatane = making effort (vymakaraa) || esforzar(se) (lit. hacer esfuerzo).
...... mok a mi yak a yaj a asane addhasane pjy devapjsagatikaraadneu

K. 10.176 I 996
VIII 285 I 190
VIII 284 I 47
X 153
I 1051
yata
I 65
yat
prayatne
I 30
114
asane (Smith). 128
129
yata
nikropakresu = striking and helping; supporting || esforzar(se) y ayudar; apoyar. sakocane = contracting; shrinking || contraer (reducir); encoger; torcer; deformar. ypane = continued existence (pavattana) || existencia continua (ininterrumpida). methune = coupling; sexual intercourse (mithunassa janadvayassa ida kamma) || cpula, unin sexual. parivesane = attending; feeding || asistir, servir; alimentar, dar de comer. aparivesane = avoiding; not moving around || evitar; no moverse alrededor. uparame = restraining; abstaining (viramana) || controlar; restringir; contener; abstenerse. payatane = striving || esforzar(se).
yat a
nikropaskrayo
yanta
VIII 308
yatr i
sakocane sakoce
X3 X3 (DP)
yapa
VIII 327
......
yabha
I 126
yabh a
maithune (vipartamaithune-K. 152; Katre I 1029) apariveae
I 1005 (DP)
yama
I 133
yam a
I 871
yama
VIII 332
yam a ca
pariveae
X 82
yamu
I 132
yam a
uparame
I 1033
yasu
III 239
yas u
prayatane
IV 101
129
130
gati-ppuesu = going and reaching || ir y alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar. gati-ppuesu = going and reaching || ir y alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar. ycanya = begging || pedir; mendigar. missane gatiya ca = mixing and going || mezclar e ir. jigucchya = disliking; loathing || disgustar; desagradar; detestar. vajjane = avoiding || evitar; abstenerse de. pamde = neglecting || desatender, descuidar.
prpae
III 237
......
yca yu
I 34
u yc
yu
ycym mirae (also Ks.) mirae mirae ca jugupsym
I 916
I 138
II 23 II 23 (DP)
yu
VIII 334
yu
X 170
yugi yucha
I 28
yug i yucch a yuch a
varjane pramde pramde (I 229 Katre)
I 167
I 39
I 214 (DP) (Ks. 42)
yuja yuja
yoge = connecting || conectar; ligar; unir. samdhimhi = putting together; concentration (samdhna) || unificacin de la mente; concentracin.
II 213 III 224
yuj ir yuj a
yoge samdhau
VII 7
IV 68
130
131
yuja
sayamane = restraining; abstaining || controlar; restringir; contener; abstenerse. sasagge = uniting || unir. bhsane = saying; speaking (udraa) || hablar; decir; pronunciar. sampahre = striking; fighting || golpear; pegar; luchar; pelear. sampahre = striking; fighting || golpear; pegar; luchar; pelear. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. payatane = striving || esforzar(se).
yuj a
sayamane
yua yuta
VIII 297 I 66
pua yut
sasarge bhsane
X 365
I 31
yudha
I 110
yudh a
saprahre
C. 1-585
yudha
III 231
yudh a
samprahre
IV 64
ysa yesu
I 174
y a pe ye
hisrtha prayatne
I 711
I 181
I 616 (DP) I 646

(K. 89)
you rakkha
sambandhe = connecting || conectar; ligar. plane = protecting || proteger; cuidar.
I 52
yau rak a
bandhe (sambandheK) plane
I 311
I 22
I 688
131
132
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 22 I 22 I 27 I 28 I 29 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 140 I 141 I 153 I 822 I 107
rakha rakhi ragi ragi115 raghi
gatyatthe = going || ir. gatyatthe = going || ir. gamane = going || ir. sakya = doubting || dudar. gatyakkhepe = jumping up; going up (gatiy akkhepo) || saltar, brincar, ir hacia arriba. patiyatane = striving || esforzar(se). vijjhane = piercing || perforar; atravesar; penetrar. paribhsane = abusing; blaming; censuring || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. gatiya = going || ir. vilekhane = scratching || rayar; escribir. hisy = hurting
rakh a rakh i rag i rag e ragh i
gatyartha gatyartha gatyartha akym gatyartha
raca raji raha
VIII 292 I 48
raca ...... rah a
pratiyatne
X 318
I 56
paribhae
I 357
raa raa rada radha
I 59
ra a ra a rad a radh a
abdrtha gatau vilekhane his-sarddhyo
I 472
I 61 I 84
I 832 I 54
III 231
IV 84
115
raga (Smith). 132
133
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 45 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 865, 1048 III 224 VIII 319 I 128
ranja ranja randha rabha
rge = coloring; dyeing; liking || color(e)ar, teir; agradar. rge = coloring; dyeing; liking || color(e)ar, teir; agradar. pke = cooking || cocinar; cocer. rbhasse = acting in excess (kara-uttariy) || actuar en exceso. gatiya = going || ir. kya = playing; sporting || jugar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. assdane = tasting || gustar, saborear. assda-sinehesu = tasting and sticking || gustar, saborear y aglutinar, pegar. hniya = decrease; loss || prdida; disminucin; reduccin. assdane = tasting; enjoying || gustar, saborear; disfrutar; gozar de.
raj a raj a ...... rabh a
rge rge
IV 58
rbhasye
I 1023
raya ramu rasa rasa rasa
I 139 I 134
ray a ram a ras a ...... rasa
gatau krym abde
I 511 I 906
I 175
I 745
I 175
I 175
svdanasnehanayo
X 385
rasa
I 175
......
rasa
VIII 348
rasa
svdanasnehanayo
X 385
133
134
rasa raha raha rahada rahi r rkha
sinehane = sticking || aglutinar, pegar. cge = giving up; abandoning || dejar; abandonar; renunciar. cge = giving up; abandoning || dejar; abandonar; renunciar. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. gatiya = going || ir. dne = taking; seizing || tomar; asir, agarrar. sosanlamatthesu = making dry and to be able; to suffice; to adorn; to prevent || secar y ser capaz, poder; ser suficiente; adornar; prevenir. smatthiye = ability || habilidad; capacidad. dittiya = shining || brillar. sasiddhiya = succeeding; accomplishing || tener xito; lograr; conseguir; consumar; realizar.
rasa rah a raha hrd a rah i r l rkh
svdanasnehanayo tyge tyge avyakte abde gatau dne dne (r, l dne-C. 2.19) oalamarthayo
I 767
VIII 349 I 94
X 84 X 312 I 26
I 195 I 145, 209 I 21
I 768 II 48 II 49 I 126
rgha
I 29
rgh
smarthye, drgh yme ca (yse ca, Ks) dptau sasiddhau
I 113, 117
rja rdha
I 45 III 231
rj rdh a
I 874 V 16
134
135
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. IV 245 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. V 16
rdha
sasiddhiya = succeeding; accomplishing || tener xito; lograr; conseguir; consumar; realizar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. santne = expanding; continuing || continuar, continuidad; expandir. vasane = living || residir, habitar, vivir. gati-desanesu = going and preaching || ir y predicar; instruir. gatyatthe = going || ir. gamane = going || ir. virecane = purging || purgar. viyojana-sampajjanesu118 = separating and succeeding || separar y tener xito; lograr.
rdh a
sasiddhau
rsu ri
I 182
rs ......
abde
I 657
I 145
ri ri116 rikhi117 rigi rica rica
III 238 V 254
r r
ravae (sravae-C., K) gati-reaayo
IV 30
IX 30
I 22 I 27 II 213 VIII 293
kh i rig i ric ir ric a
gatyartha gatyartha virecane viyojanasamparcanayo
I 146 I 164 VII 4
X 273
116 117
r (Smith). rikhi sarpae (Kappadduma). 118 viyojana-sampaccanesu (Smith). 135
136
risa risa ru
hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya rosane ca = going and anger || ir y enojo; odio; ira. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. upatpe = vexation; tormenting || molestar; fastidiar; atormentar. varae = restraining (savaraa) || controlar; restringir; contener. phrusse = roughness; harshness (pharusabhva) || dureza, aspereza. dittiya rocane ca = shining; splendor, beauty (sobh) and liking (ruci) || brillar; esplendor, belleza, hermosura y agradar, gustar. rocane = liking (ruci) || agradar, deleitar.
ri a li a ru
hisym gatau gati-reaayo
I 189
VI 7 VI 127
I 145
I 1008
ru ru
I 145, 209 IV 245
ru
abde upatpe
II 24
u du
V 10
rukkha
I 23
......
rukkha
VIII 285
rka
pruye
X 362
ruca
I 34, 210
ruc a
dptv abhiprtau ca
I 781
ruca
III 222
ruc a
dptvabhiprtau ca
I 781
136
137
ruja
bhage = breaking up; dissolution || disolucin; cesacin. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. paighte = striking || golpear; pegar; chocar. theyye = stealing || robar; hurtar. upaghte = hurting; injuring || herir; lastimar; matar. gatiya = going || ir. assuvimocane = releasing tears, crying || soltar lgrimas, llorar. varae = shutting, closing (pidahana); preventing; obstructing (parirundhana); hindering (palibuddhana); not to allow to take away (haritu appadna) || cerrar; cubrir; prevenir, obstruir; impedir, obstaculizar; no permitir que sea llevado; evitar.
ruj o
bhage
ruja rua rui
VIII 295 I 54
ruj a ru a lu i luh i ruh a ruh i rud ir
hisym pratighte vikasane steye; lui ity Eke upaghte gatau aruvimocane
X 262
I 783
I 54
I 350 I 328 (DP)
ruha ruhi ruda
I 56
I 359
I 57 I 103
I 368 II 58
rudhi
II 212
rudh ir
varae
VII 1
137
138
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. III 232 I 129 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
rudhi rubhi
varae = see above || ver el arriba. nivrae = preventing; warding off || prevenir; evitar; impedir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. rosane = making angry (kopakaraa) || enojar; irritar. cammani ptubhve = manifestation of the skin || manifestacin de la piel, corteza, cuero, etc. ruppane = changing (kuppana); striking (ghaana); oppressing (pana) || cambiar; golpear; oprimir, subyugar, someter. rpakriyya = making manifest (paksanakriy) || hacer manifiesto. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. sakya = doubting || dudar. bhaye = fearing || temer.
...... ......
rusa rusa ruha
I 189
ru a ru a ruh a
hisym roe bjajanmani prdurbhve ca
VI 126
VIII 346 I 197
X 132
I 912
rpa
III 233
......
rpa
VIII 323
rpa
rpakriyym
X 387
re reka rosa
I 145, 208 I 16 I 184
rai rek bhe
abde akym bhaye
I 958
I 80 I 932
138
139
roa laka
andare = disrespect || falta de respeto. assdane = tasting; enjoying || gustar, saborear; disfrutar; gozar de. dassan-akesu = seeing (passana) and marking (lajana) || ver y marcar. locane = seeing; perceiving || ver; percibir. gatyatthe = going || ir. gatyatthe = going || ir. sage sakya = attachment; clinging and doubting || apego, adhesin y dudar. gamane = going || ir. gatyakkhepe = jumping up; going up (gatiy akkhepo) || saltar, brincar, ir hacia arriba. bhsane = saying; speaking || hablar; decir; pronunciar. gatyatthe = going || ir. laghane = jumping; hopping || saltar, brincar.
rau lag a
andare svdane
VIII 283
X 197
lakkha
VIII 283
lak a
darankanayo
X5
lakkha lakha lakhi laga
VIII 285 I 22 I 22 I 28
lak a lakh a lakh i lag e
locane gatyartha gatyartha sage
X 157
I 142 I 143 I 823
lagi laghi
I 27 I 29
lag i lagh i
gatyartha gatyartha
I 154 I 108
laghi lagha lagha
VIII 290 I 208 VIII 290
lagh i lagh i ......
bhrtha gatyartha
X 220 X 254 I 108
139
140
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 44 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 238 (DP) I 239 (DP)
laja
bhassane = talking; conversing || hablar; conversar. paksane = showing || mostar; indicar; exponer. dittiya bhassane ca = shining and talking; conversing || brillar y hablar; conversar. lajjane = becoming shameful; being ashamed || estar avergonzado. blye paribhsane ca = childhood and abusing; blaming; censuring || niez; infancia y denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar. jivhmathane = moving the tongue || mover la lengua. ukkhepe = throwing upwards || tirar o arrojar hacia arriba. viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado. avasasane = hanging down (avalambana) || colgar.
laj a laj i
bharjane bharjane
laja laji
VIII 295 I 44
laja laji laj i
prakane, ity Eke bhsrtha
X 374
K. 304
lajja
I 49
o laj
vre (vrane)
VI 10
laa
I 52
la a
blye
I 320
lai lai lapa
I 59
lai
jivhonmathane utkepae vyaktym vci
I 852
VIII 298 VIII 323
o la i
hlap a
X9
X 116
labi
I 124
lab i
avasrasane
I 404
140
141
labha labha
lbhe = gaining; acquiring || obtener; adquirir; ganar. bhaane = defining; determining || definir; determinar. icchya = wishing; desiring || desear. silesana-kanesu = adhering and playing; sporting || adherir, pegar y jugar; recrear(se). kantiya = wishing; desiring || desear; anhelar. silyayoge119 = dancing (lsiya); playing a drama (nakanana) || danzar; representar un drama. vilse = charm; grace; dallying || encanto; gracia; belleza; coquetera, coquetear. upasevya = serving || servir; asistir. dne = taking; seizing || tomar; asir, agarrar.
u labh a
bhal a
prptau bhaane
VIII 330
X 161
lala lasa
VIII 343 I 175
lal a las a
psym leaa-kranayo
X 148
I 746
lasa lasa
I 184
la a las a
kntau ilpayoge
I 937
VIII 346
X 189
laa
I 200
la a lal a la a l
vilse; lal a ity Eke psym upasevym dne
I 359 (DP) I 382
laa l
VIII 350 I 159, 209
X7
II 49
119
Corrupt reading for sippayoge = engaging in arts. 141
142
lkha
sosanlamatthesu = making dry and to be able; to suffice; to adorn; to prevent || secar y ser capaz, poder; ser suficiente; adornar; prevenir. smatthiye = ability || habilidad; capacidad. bhassane = talking; conversing || hablar; conversar. pesane = sending || enviar; mandar. lekhane = writing || escribir. gamane = going || ir. cittkarae = making variegated (vicitrabhvakaraa) || abigarrar; diferenciar. limpane = smearing; staining || untar; ensuciar; manchar. upalepe = smearing; staining || untar; ensuciar; manchar. assdane = tasting || gustar, saborear.
lkh
oalamarthayo
lgha lja
I 29
lgh lj a lj i lbha likh a lig i lig i
smarthye bhartsane bhartsane prerae akaravinyse (lekhane-C.) gatyartha citrkarae
I 114
I 44
I 259 I 260
lbha likha ligi liga
VIII 330 I 23
X 389
VI 72
I 27 VIII 285
I 165 X 199
lipa lipi liha
II 216 I 121
lip a lip a lih a
upadehe upadehe svdane
VI 139
VI 139
I 198
II 6
142
143
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. V 254 III 239 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. IX 31
l lsa120
silese = adhering; sticking || adherir; pegar. appbhve = smallness; littleness || pequeez; poquedad. vinse = destruction; ruin; loss || destruccin; prdida; ruina. bhsya = speaking || hablar. apanayane = removing || remover (quitar algo de un lugar). vilohane121 = hurting || herir; lastimar; matar. paighte = striking || golpear; pegar; chocar. bhsya = speaking || hablar. theyye = stealing || robar; hurtar.
l li a
leae alpbhve
IV 70
luja
III 225
......
luji luca
VIII 295 I 30
luj i luc a
bhrtha apanayane
X 218
I 202
lua lua lua lui
I 53
lu a lu a lu a luh i lu i
viloane pratighte bhrtha steye ity eke
I 336
I 54
I 784
VIII 297 I 54
X 214
I 350 I 328 (DP)
120 121
lisa (Smith). viloane (Smith). 143
144
lui luha luha luha
theyye = stealing || robar; hurtar. upaghte = hurting; injuring || herir; lastimar; matar. paighte = striking || golpear; pegar; chocar. sakilese = defiling; inflicting || ensuciar; manchar; contaminar; infligir. lasiye gatipaighte ca = laziness and obstructing the going (the action) || pereza; flojedad; inactividad y obstruir la accin de ir; cojear; renquear. gatiya = going || ir. his-sakilesesu = hurting and defiling; inflicting || daar; lastimar; herir y ensuciar; manchar; contaminar; infligir. acchedane = cutting || cortar. adassane = not seeing; disappearance || desaparicin; ausencia; no ver.
luh a luh a luh a lu a
steye upaghte pratighte saleae?
I 360
I 57
I 785
I 57
VI 87
luhi
I 56
luh i
lasye pratighte ca
I 366
luhi luthi
I 57 I 71
luh i luth i
gatau
his-sakleanayo
I 369 I 46
lupa lupa
II 216 III 235
lup lup
chedane chedane
VI 137
VI 137
144
145
lubi lubi
addane = wetness; moistness || humedad. addane = inflicting; tormenting; hurting (his) || infligir; atormentar; daar; lastimar; herir. vimohane = delusion || ignorancia; engao; ilusin. giddhiya = greed; attachment || codicia, deseo; apego. chedane = cutting || cortar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. dassane = seeing || ver. dassane = seeing || ver. bhsya = speaking || hablar. dassane = seeing || ver. dassane = seeing || ver.
lub i lub i
ardane adarane, ardane ity eke
VIII 328
X 114
lubha lubha
I 129
lubh a lubh a
vimohane grddhye
VI 22
III 235
IV 128
l lsa loka loka loka loca loca
V 255 VIII 345 I 15 VIII 278 VIII 283 I 33 VIII 291
l l a lok ...... lok loc ......
chedane hisym darane
IX 13
X 70
I 76
bhrtha darane
X 236
I 177
145
146
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 292 I 200 I 16 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 237
loca loa vaka vaka
bhsya = speaking || hablar. ummde = madness || locura. dne = taking; seizing || tomar; asir, agarrar. dittiya paighte ca = shining and striking || brillar y golpear; pegar; chocar. gatyatthe = going || ir. bhsane = saying; speaking || hablar; decir; pronunciar. nsane = destroying || destruir; hacer perecer. varae = restraining (savaraa) || controlar; restringir; contener. kakhya = doubting || dudar. gamane = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir.
loc lo vk a cak a
bhrtha unmde dne tptau pratighte ca
I 379 I 92
I 16
I 93
vaki vakka vakka122 vakkha
I 17 VIII 282 VIII 282 I 23
vak i valk a dhakk a vk a
gatyartha paribhae nane varae
I 95 X 35
X 55
I 635
vakhi vagi vagga
I 22
vk i vag i valg a
kkym gatyartha gatyartha
I 699
I 27 I 27
I 156 I 152
122
dhakka (Smith). 146
147
vaka
koille = crookedness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado. dittiya = shining || brillar. bhsane = speaking; saying || hablar; decir; pronunciar. dittiya = shining || brillar. chedane = cutting || cortar. icchya = wishing; desiring; longing || desear. gatiya = going || ir. maggana-sakhresu = searching and forming; making || buscar y formar; hacer. vajjane = avoiding || evitar; abstenerse de. gatiya = going || ir.
vak i
kauilye
vaca
I 31
vac a
paribhae (bhane-K)
II 54
vaca vaca vaci vacchu vachi vaja123 vaja
I 33 VIII 293 I 33 I 40 I 39
...... vac a ...... paribhae

X 298
o vrac u
vch i vaj a vraj a vraj a
chedane icchym gatau gatau mrga-saskragatyo
VI 11 I 223
I 42
I 271 I 234 X 75
VIII 295
vajja vacu
VIII 294 I 30
vj vac u
varjane gatyartha
X 271
I 204
123
vaju (Smith). 147
148
vacu
palambhane = deceiving; cheating (upalpana) || engaar; defraudar. vedhane124 = piercing || perforar; atravesar; penetrar. ganthe = tying; making a knot || atar; amarrar; hacer un nudo. vibhajane = dividing; separating || dividir; separar. vibhjane = dividing || dividir; separar. thliye = thickness; bigness || estado de grueso o grande. ekacariyya = faring alone || andar solo. vehane = wrapping; enveloping || envolver; cubrir. vahane = growing; increasing || crecer; aumentar. kirae = scattering; pouring || esparcir, diseminar, desparramar, dispersar; vertir; rociar.
vanc u
pralambhane
vaa vaa vaa vai vaha vahi vai vaha vaha
I 52
va a vaa vaa va i va i vah a vah i va i ...... ......
veane granthe vibhjane ity Eke vibhjane (C.1.110. K. 1.224) sthaulye ekacaryym vibhjane
I 322
X 311
X 372
X 48
I 56
I 354
I 57
I 281
I 58
I 290
I 59
VIII 299
124
vehane (Smith). 148
149
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 59 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 473 I 478 X 390
vaa vaa
sadde = making sound || producir sonido. gattavicuane = injuring the body || lastimar, daar el cuerpo. vaa-kriy-vitthra-guavacanesu = praising (pasas), doing (karaa), extending (vitthinnat), quality of morality, etc. (sldidhamma) and speaking (vc) || elogiar, alabar; hacer; extender, expandir; cualidad de la moralidad, etc. y hablar. ycane = begging || pedir; mendigar. vattane = being; existing || ser; existir. bhsya = speaking || hablar. addane = inflicting; tormenting || infligir; atormentar. viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado.
va a vra a vraa
abdrtha abdrtha gtravicrane
VIII 304
vaa
VIII 299
vara
vara-kriy-vistragua-vacaneu
X 391
vata vatu vatu vattha
I 67
cat e cad e vt u vt u bast a
ycane ycane vartane bhrtha ardane
I 918 I 918 I 795
I 67
VIII 309 VIII 311
X 241
X 144
vada
I 97
vad a
vyakty vci
I 1058
149
150
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 314 VIII 315 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 297
vada vad
bhsya = speaking || hablar. abhivdana-thutsu = saluting and praising || saludar, reverenciar y elogiar; alabar. vaddhane = growing; increasing || crecer; aumentar, incrementar. chedana-praesu = cutting and fillling || cortar y llenar; completar. bhsya = speaking || hablar. sayame = restraining || controlar; restringir; contener. sambhattiya = serving || servir. abhivdana-thutsu = saluting, bowing down and praising || saludar, reverenciar y elogiar; alabar. santne = expanding; continuing || continuar, continuidad; expandir.
vad a vad i
sadesavacane abhivdane
C. 10.37
vaddha
I 109
vdh u
vddhau
I 796
vaddha
VIII 319
vardh a
chedana-praayo
X 112
vaddha vadha vana vanda
VIII 320 VIII 319 I 113
vdh u badh a van a vad i
bhrtha sayamane sabhaktau abhivdana-stutyo
X 242
X 14
I 491
I 91
I 11
vapa
I 120
cap a
sntvane
I 426
150
151
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 121 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 1028 (DP) I 439 I 445 I 589 I 418 I 902
vapa vappha vabba vabbha vabbha vamu vambha vaya vara vara vara varaha
bjanikkhepe = sowing || sembrar. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. bhojane = eating || comer. uggirae = vomiting; ejecting || vomitar; expeler. viddhasane = demolishing; destroying || demoler; destruir. gatiya = going || ir. varae = restraining || controlar; restringir; contener. icchya = wishing; desiring || desear; anhelar. varae = covering || cubrir; obstruir. padhniye paribhsanahisdnesu ca = striving; abusing; blaming; hurting and taking; seizing || esforzar(se); denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar; daar; herir; lastimar y tomar.
u vap a
parph a barb a vabhr a valbh a
bjasatne chedane pi gatau (varpha-K) gatau gatyrtha bhojane udgirae
I 122 I 123 I 125 I 127 I 134
u vam a
...... vay a v vara v barh a varh a
VIII 330 I 139 I 154
gatau savarae psym varae prdhnye prdhnye
I 504 I 959 (DP)
VIII 335 VIII 336 I 196
X 308
X 270
I 669 I 671
151
152
varaha vala
hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. calane savarae ca = trembling and restraining; protecting || temblar; vibrar y controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. vilsane125 = to be graceful || encantar, embelesar, atraer, cautivar. bharae = bearing; supporting || apoyar; soportar; mantener; sostener; cargar. padhniye paribhsanahisdnesu ca = striving; abusing; blaming; hurting and taking; seizing || esforzar(se); denostar; criticar; culpar; herir; lastimar; daar y tomar. calane savarae ca = trembling and restraining; protecting || temblar; vibrar y controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
barh a val a
hisym savarae sacalae ca
I 520
vala
I 169
cal a
vilasane
VI 64
vala
VIII 343
cal a
bhtau
X 68
valaha
I 196
balh a valh a
prdhnye paribhaa-hiscchdaneu (varh a paribhaahisdneu-K) savarae sacalae ca
I 670 I 672
valla
I 166
vall a
I 521
vasa
I 174
va a
hisrtha
I 722
125
vilasane (Smith). 152
153
vasa vasa vasa vasa vasa
sinehane = sticking || aglutinar, pegar. nivse = living || residir, vivir. kantiya = wishing; desiring || desear; anhelar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. sinehana-ched-vaharaesu = sticking, cutting and stealing (corikya gahaa) || aglutinar, pegar; cortar y robar, hurtar. acchdane = clothing; covering || cubrir; arropar, vestir. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. sattibandhane = enabling (samatthatkaraa) || hacer capaz, posible; capacitar. vuddhiya = increasing; growing || crecer; aumentar. ppue = reaching || alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar.
var a vas a va a v vas a
snehane nivse kntau abde sneha-cchedpaharaesu
I 184 I 185
I 1054 II 70
III 239 VIII 347
IV 54
X 204
vasa
VIII 349
......
vassa vassu
I 174
v u v a
secane aktibandhane
I 738
VIII 346
X 164
vaha vaha
I 196
vah i vah a
vddhau prpae
I 634 (DP)
I 197
I 1053
153
154
vaaji v
paribhoge = enjoying || disfrutar; gozar de. gati-gandhanesu = going and spreading of odor || ir y difusin del olor. gati-gandhanesu = going and spreading of odor || ir y difusin del olor. gati-sukha-sevanesu = going, happiness (sukhana) and associating; serving || ir; felicidad y asociar; servir; asistir. hya = exerting; striving || esforzar(se). upasevya = serving || servir; asistir. alakre = decorating; ornamenting || ornamentar; decorar; adornar. payatane = striving || esforzar(se). lape = conversing; speaking || dirigir la palabra; hablar; conversar.
...... v gati-gandhanayo
II 41
I 170
III 238
gati-gandhanayo
II 41
vta
VIII 309
va
sukha-sevanayo gati-sukha-sevanayor ity eke
X 336
vyama vsa vsi
I 133
...... vsa tas i upasevym alakare

X 338
VIII 347 I 173
K. 95 See also X 190
vhu va
I 196
bh v b
prayatne plvye
I 676
I 200
I 287 (DP) I 306
154
155
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 39 VIII 294 I 48 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. VI 129 X 233
viccha viccha vij
gatiya = going || ir. bhsya = speaking || hablar. bhaya-calanesu = fearing and trembling; moving || temer y temblar; sacudir; vibrar; mover. bhaya-calanesu = fearing and trembling; moving || temer y temblar; sacudir; mover; vibrar. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. ycane = begging || pedir; mendigar. e = knowing (jnana) || conocer; comprender. lbhe = gaining; acquiring || obtener; adquirir; ganar. tuhiya = liking; satisfaction || agradar; satisfacer. sattya = being; existing (vijjamnkra) || ser; existir; estar.
vic(c)h a vic(c)h a
gatau bhrtha bhaya-calanayo
o vij
VI 9
vij
III 224
o vij
bhaya-calanayo
VII 23
via vithu vida vida vida
I 53
bi a vith veth vid a vid ......
abde ycane ycane jne lbhe
I 317 (DP)
I 73
I 33 I 34 II 55
I 103
II 215 II 215
VI 138
vida
III 227
vid a
sattym
IV 62
155
156
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 312 VIII 312 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
vida vida
lbhe = gaining; acquiring || obtener; adquirir; ganar. cehan126-khyna-nivsesu = marking (saa), talking (kathana) and living (nivasana) || marcar, percibir; hablar y residir, vivir. avayave = limb; part; constituent || miembro; parte; componente. lbhe = gaining; acquiring || obtener; adquirir; ganar. vijjhane = piercing || perforar; atravesar; penetrar. katthane = boasting || ostentar. cutting || cortar. lajjya codane ca = shame and inciting; rousing || vergenza e incitar, instigar; provocar. vilnabhve = dissolution || disolucin; destruccin.
...... vid a cetan-khynanivseu

X 168
vidi
I 89
bid i
avayave
I 65
vidi vidha vibha127 vi-bhuja viria128
I 105
vid vyadh a cbh ...... vr a
lbhe tane? katthane (vbha, Durga)
VI 138
III 231 I 126
IV 72
I 409
I 48 III 241
codane lajjy ca
IV 18
vil
126 127
III 238
leae?
IV 31
cetan (Smith). vbha (Smith). 128 vira (Smith). 156
157
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 189 V 256 VIII 348 I 174 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. VI 130 IX 54
visa visa vi-sisa visu v
pavesane = entering || entrar. vippayoge = separation || separacin. atisaye = abundance; excess || abundancia; exceso. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. pajana-kanti-asana-khdanagatsu = trembling (calana); liking (abhiruci); eating (bhattaparibhoga); chewing (pvdibhakkhana) and going (gamana) || temblar, vibrar; agradar; comer (disfrutar la comida); masticar e ir. tantasantne = weaving; sewing || tejer; entrelazar; coser. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. vikkantiya = exerting; striving (vikkamana) || esforzar(se). savarae = restraining; protecting || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger.
vi a vi a vi-i a vi u v
praveane viprayoge atiaye secane gati-prajana-kntyasana-khdaneu
(K307) I 729
I 170
II 38 (DP)
V 254
......
v vra
V 254 VIII 336
...... vra vikrntau

X 355
vu
IV 246
savarae
V8 (DP)
157
158
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 342 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. (K. 285)
vula
nimmajjane = squeezing; rubbing || apretar; comprimir; estrujar; frotar. pgabbiye129 = boldness; impudence (kya-vcmanehi pagabbabhvo) || audacia, osada, atrevimiento; impudencia (con respecto a las acciones del cuerpo, lenguaje y mente). tantasantne = weaving; sewing || tejer; entrelazar; coser. sosane = making dry || secar. vekkhane = observing; looking; investigating || observar; investigar; considerar. vehane = wrapping; enveloping || envolver; cubrir. a-cint-nismanesu = knowing; thinking and listening, observing || conocer, comprender; pensar, reflexionado y escuchar, oir, observar.
bul a
nimajjane
vusa
IV 246
i dh
prgalbhye
V 22
ve
I 170
ve
tantusatne
I 1055
ve vekkha
I 170 I 22
o vai
......
oae
I 969
veha veu
I 57
ve a ve
veane gati-jna-cintnimana-vditragrahaeu
I 274
I 61
I 926
129
pgabbhiye (Smith). 158
159
vela
klopadese = indicating the time || indicar el tiempo ( = hora o momento). gatiya = going || ir. dne = giving || dar. payatane = striving || esforzar(se). avhyane baddhya130 sadde ca = calling (pakkosana); selfishness, pride (ahakra); challenging (ghaana, srambhakaraa) and making sound (rava) || llamar, convocar; egosmo, arrogancia (lit. hacer yo); actuar con mpetu, retar, desafiar; y producir un sonido. acchane = sitting (nisdana) || sentar(se), estar sentado. uniting || conectar; ligar; unir.
vela
klopadee
velu vesu vehu vhe
I 165 I 190 I 196
vel ...... veh hve
calane
I 568
prayatne spardhy abde ca
I 674
I 194
I 1057
sa-kase
I 190
...... ...... ......
sa-dh131 sandhimhi = connecting; sa-yuja

bandhane = binding || ligar; atar.
III 231 VIII 295
130 131
phaddhya (Smith). sandh (Smith). 159
160
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 176 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 729 (DP)
sa-sa
hisya thutiya ca = hurting and praising || daar; lastimar; herir y elogiar; alabar. kathane = talking || hablar. smatthiye = ability (samatthabhva) || habilidad; capacidad. sattiya = ability (samatthabhva) || habilidad; capacidad. sakya = doubting || dudar. gatyatthe = going || ir. gatyatthe = going || ir. bhsane = saying; speaking || hablar; decir; pronunciar. gamane = going || ir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. yuddhe = fighting || luchar, pelear.
as u
stutau; durgatau ity Eke
sa-sa saka
I 179
as a ak
kathane (Maitreyarakita) aktau

V 15
IV 244
saka saki sakka sakka sakka sagi sagha sa-gma
VII 262 I 16 I 17 I 208 VIII 282 I 27
ak ak i vak a vask a valk a rag i lag i agh a sagrma
aktau akym gatyartha gatyartha paribhae gatyartha gatyartha hisym yuddhe
V 15
I 86 I 100 I 100 X 34
I 160 I 162 V 21
IV 246 VIII 334
X 376
160
161
saca
viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado. vissagga-parissajjanabbhukkiraesu = relinquishing, abandoning; embracing and sprinkling || abandonar, renunciar; abrazar y rociar, asperjar. sage = attachment; clinging (lagana) || apego, adhesin. gatiya = going || ir. ajjane = procuring; acquiring || obtener; adquirir; procurar. sajjane = preparing; making ready || preparar, alistar. parissage = embracing (ligana) || abrazar. paribhsane = abusing; blaming; censuring || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar.
ac a
vyakty vci
saja
I 48
sj a
visarge
VI 121
saja sajja sajja sajja saja saa132
III 224 I 42 I 43
sj a asj a arj a ...... svaj a ra a
visarge gatau arjane
IV 69
I 217 I 243
VIII 295 I 45
parivage paribhae
I 1025
I 52
I 319
132
raa (Smith). 161
162
saa
ruj-visaraagatyvasnesu133 = paining, afflicting, oppressing (p); spreading; pervading (vippharaa) and end of going; standing (gatiy avasna osna abhvakaraa) || doler, afligir, oprimir; extender, difundir, propagar, penetrar, esparcir y fin del movimiento, pararse, estar parado. avayave = limb; part; constituent || miembro; parte; componente. his-bala-dna-niketanesu = hurting; force, strength; giving and living || herir; daar; lastimar; fuerza; dar y residir; habitar; vivir. his-sakilesesu ketave ca = hurting; defiling; inflicting and cheating; deceiving || daar; lastimar; herir y ensuciar; manchar; contaminar; infligir y fraude; engaar.
a a
ruj-viaraa-gatyavasdaneu
saa
I 53
a a
avayave
I 335
saa
VIII 297
a a
hisym
X 90
saha
I 56
ah a
hissakleanayo kaitave ca
I 363
133
gatyavasraesu (Smith). 162
163
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 298 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 28 X 29
saha
sakhra-gatsu = forming; making and going || formar, hacer e ir. silghya = praising || elogiar; alabar. asammbhsane = improperly speaking || hablar incorrectamente. ketave = cheating; deceiving || engaar; defraudar. rujya = paining; afflicting || doler; afligir. dne = giving || dar.
ah a vah a ah a aha vaha ...... ad i a a ra a
asaskra-gatyo asaskra-gatyo lghym smyagavabhae asamyagbhae (K)
saha saha
VIII 298 VIII 298
X 152
X 310 X 310
saha sai saa
VIII 298 I 58
rujy saghte ca gatau dne ca gatau dne ca
I 299
I 61
I 798 (DP) I 799 (DP)
saa saa satta
abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. dne = giving || dar. gatiya = going || ir.
I 61
svan a ra a vart a
abde dne gatym
I 879
VIII 302 VIII 308
X 42
X 89 (DP)
163
164
satta
santnakriyya = doing uninterruptedly (pabandhakriy, avicchedakaraa) || hacer, realizar ininterrumpidamente. sehille = looseness; weakness || flojedad; laxitud; relajacin; debilidad. dubbalye = weakness || debilidad. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. sdane = enjoying || disfrutar; gozar de. assdane = tasting; enjoying || gustar, saborear; disfrutar; gozar de. saddane = making a noise || producir un ruido. kucchite sadde = making an disgusting sound (flatulence) || producir un sonido desagradable (flatulencia).
sattra
satnakriyym
satha
I 73
rath i
aithilye
I 35
satha satha sada sada
ratha ratha ad vad a svd a abd a
daurbalye bandhane (Kaktsna

& Hemacandra)
X 324
tane svdane ity eke abdakriyy upasargd vikre ca kutsite abde
I 908 VI 134
VIII 313
X 263 X 263
sadda
VIII 313
X 174
sadda
I 94
pard a
I 29
164
165
sadhu
saddakucchiya = belly sound; flatulence || sonido del vientre; flatulencia. unde = wetting; moistening || mojar; humedecer. pahasane134 = laughing || rer; sonrer. sambhattiya = serving || servir. sage = attachment; clinging (lagana) || apego, adhesin. mappayoge136 = striving; endeavoring (ussannakriy) || esforzar(se). santhambhe = supporting || apoyar; sostener; soportar. pasavane = flowing (sandana, avicchedappavatti) || fluir, correr.
dh u
abdakutsym
sadhu sadhu sana sanja135 santa
I 110
dh u dh san a aj a ntv a
undane (unde-K) prahasane sabhaktau sage smaprayoge
I 922
VIII 320 I 113
X 201 (DP) I 492
I 44
I 1036
VIII 308
X 33
santha sanda
VIII 311 I 95
ranth a syand
sadarbhe prasravae
X 294
I 798
pahasane (Smith). saja (Smith). 136 Corrupt reading for smappayoga = compromising; use of kind and friendly words. Lectura corrupta de smappayoga = compromiso; uso de lenguaje amable y amigable.
135
134
165
166
sapa
samavye = combination; coming together || combinacin; juntar(se), reunirse. akkose = insulting; abusing || insultar; agraviar. gatiya = going || ir. maale = roundness (parimaalat) || redondez. gatiya = going || ir. gatiya hisya ca = going and hurting || ir y daar; lastimar; herir. prae = filling || llenar; completar. kathane = talking || hablar. sti-sevanesu = coolness and associating; serving || frescura y asociar; servir; asistir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. adassane = not seeing; disappearance || desaparicin; ausencia; no ver.
ap a
samavye
sapa sappa sabi sabba sabba
I 121
ap a sp ...... arb a arb a arv a arv a marv a albh a sabhja
kroe gatau
I 1049
I 202 VIII 328 I 123
I 1032
gatau gatau hisym hisym prae katthane prti-daranayo prti-sevanayo ity eke hisrthau adarane
I 450 I 451 I 616 I 617
I 123
sabba sabbha sabhja
I 124
I 609
I 127 VIII 295
I 417 X 341
sabhu sama
I 125
bh u am a
I 457
I 133
I 843 (DP)
166
167
sama sama
sadde = making sound || producir sonido. velambe = hanging down || colgar. vitakke = thinking || pensar; reflexionar. locane = seeing (pekkhana) || ver, mirar. upasame = peace; calmness || paz; tranquilidad, serenidad. khede nirodhe ca = fatigue (kilamana) and cessation; non-existence (abhvagamana) || fatiga, cansancio y cesacin; inexistencia. sambandhe = connecting; binding tight (dahabandhana) || conectar; ligar; unir firmemente. vissse = confidence; trusting || confiar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
syam u am a
abde avaikalye (avaiklavye-K. 115; vaiklavye-C.) vitarke locane upaame tapasi khede ca
I 133
I 854 (DP)
sama sama samu samu
VIII 333 VIII 333 III 236 III 236
syam a am a am u ram u
X 154
X 156
IV 92
IV 95
samba
VIII 328
amb a amb a
sambandhane sambandhane
X 21 X 21
sambha sambhu
I 129
sranbh u nbh u
vivse hisrtha
I 794
I 125
I 458
167
168
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. IV 245 I 146 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref.
sambhu sara sara
ppue = reaching || alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar. gatiya = going || ir. saddopatpesu = making sound and tormenting || producir sonido y atormentar. cintya = thinking; reflecting || pensar; reflexionar. akkhepe = throwing || arrojar, tirar; lanzar. gatiya = going || ir. sugatiya = going quickly (sghagamana) || ir rpidamente. calane savarae ca = trembling and restraining; protecting || temblar; vibrar y controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. gamane = going || ir.
...... s sv gatau abdopatpayo

I 982 III 17
I 149
I 979
sara
I 149
sm
cintyam
I 980
sara sala sala
VIII 335 I 165 I 165
svara al a val a
kepe gatau ugamane
X 317
I 580 I 582
sala
I 166
al a
calanasavaraayo
I 519
sala
I 168
al a
gatau
I 896
168
169
sala salla
kampane = trembling || temblar; vibrar. sugatiya137 = going quickly (sghagamana) || ir rpidamente. gatiya = going || ir. susane = being dry || estar seco, sequedad. pane = breathing || respirar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. parisahane138 = patience (khanti) || paciencia. sattiya = ability || habilidad; capacidad. parisahane = patience (khanti) || paciencia. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado. pke = cooking || cocinar; cocer.
al a vall a
calanasavaraayo ugamane
I 165
I 583
sava sasa sasa sasu saha saha saha saa s
I 170 I 185
av a as a vas a as u ah a ah a ah a ...... r
gatau svapne prane hisym marae cakyarthe (aktauKalpadruma) marae
I 761 II 69
I 185 I 176
II 60 I 763
I 197
I 905 X 267
III 240 VIII 350 I 201
IV 20
X 267
I 171
pke
I 848 II 44
137 138
sugatiya (Smith). marisane (Smith). 169
170
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. III 238 III 238 III 238 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. IV 37
s s s
tanukarae = making thin; reducing || reducir. antakammani = making an end || terminar. assdane = tasting; enjoying || gustar, saborear; disfrutar; gozar de. pke = cooking || cocinar; cocer. tanukarae = making thin; reducing || reducir. bypane = pervading || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir. balakkre = violence, application of force; overpowering the weak by ones own power at will (attano balena yathjjhsaya dubbalassa abhibhavana) || violencia, uso de fuerza; subyugar al dbil por medio del propio poder a voluntad. sasiddhiya = succeeding; accomplishing || tener xito; lograr; conseguir; consumar; realizar.
o o ......
tankarae antakarmai
IV 39
s s skha
V 255 VI 259 I 22
ri ...... kh lkh hah a
pke
IX 3
vyptau vyptau pluti-ahatvayo; baltkre ity anye
I 130 I 131
sha
I 56
I 358
sdha
III 231
sdh a
sasiddhau
V 17
170
171
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. IV 245 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. V 17
sdha
sasiddhiya = succeeding; accomplishing || tener xito; lograr; conseguir; consumar; realizar. tejane = sharpening (nisna) || afilar; aguzar. svntane mantane = compromising; use of kind and friendly words (smappayoga) and calling (avhyana, pakkosana) || transigir, transar, concordar; emplear lenguaje cordial y amistoso y llamar, convocar. dubbalye = weakness; feebleness || debilidad. anusihiya = admonishing; advising || amonestar; aconsejar. sevya = associating; serving || asociar(se); servir. gati-buddhsu = going and knowing || ir y conocer, comprender. nisne = sharpening || afilar; aguzar.
sdh a
sasiddhau
sna sma
I 113
n a sma
tejane sntvaprayoge
I 1044
VIII 334
X 333
sra ssa
VIII 335 I 186
sra s u
daurbalye anuiau
X 322
II 66
si si
I 171
ri
sevym gati-vddhyo
I 945
I 171
u o vi
I 1059
si
IV 246
nine
V3
171
172
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. IV 246 V 255 VI 259 VIII 283 I 24 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. V2
si si si sika139 sikkha
bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. bandhane = binding || ligar; atar. sevya = associating; serving || asociar(se); servir. masane = touching; rubbing || tocar; frotar. vijjopdne = acquiring knowledge; learning || adquirir conocimiento; aprender, estudiar. ghne = smelling (ghnena gandhnubhavana) || oler. gharae = sprinkling; dripping || rociar, asperjar; vertir; gotear. paggharae = trickling; oozing; dripping || gotear; chorrear; escurrir; exudar. kuane = cutting; dividing || cortar; dividir, separar. andare = disrespect || falta de respeto.
i i ...... k a ik a
bandhane bandhane
IX 5
marae vidyopdne
X 283
I 636
sighi sica
I 29
ighr i ic a
ghre karae
I 174
I 38
VI 140
sica
II 213
ic a
karae
VI 140
sicca sia
139
VIII 292 I 52
pic(c)h a i a i a
kuane andare
X 40
I 325 I 326
ska (Smith). 172
173
sita sida
vae = white color (setavaa) || color blanco. mocane = setting free; releasing || libertar, liberar, poner en libertad, soltar. stiye = coolness; calmness (stibhva) || frescura; tranquilidad, serenidad. gatiya = going || ir. satthe magalye ca = instructing, teaching (ssana) and destroying evil (ppavinsana), cause of growth (vuddhikraa) || instruir, ensear y destruir el mal, causa para el crecimiento. sardhane = accomplishing || lograr; terminar, consumar; realizar. ptiya = joy || alegra; regocijo.
vit
vare snehana-mocanayo
I 95
i vid
I 745
sidi
I 91
vid i
vaitye
I 10
sidhu sidhu
I 108 I 108
idh a idh
gatym stre mgalye ca
I 48 I 49
sidhu
III 231
idh u
sarddhau
IV 83
siniha
III 241
ih a
prtau
IV 91
173
174
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. VIII 349 I 126 I 169 I 29 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. X 36
sineha sibha140 sila silgha silisa silisu silesa siloka
sinehane = sticking || aglutinar, pegar. katthane = boasting || ostentar. uche = gleaning || espigar. katthane = praising (pasasana) || elogiar; alabar. ligane = embracing || abrazar. upadhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. silesane = adhering || adherir; pegar. saghte = accumulating; collecting (piana) || acumular; juntar; agregar. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. tantasantne = weaving; sewing || tejer; entrelazar; coser. gati-sosanesu = going and making dry || ir y secar.
ih a bh il a lgh li a li u li a lok
snehane katthane uche katthane ligane dhe leae saghte
I 408 VI 70 I 118
III 238 I 174
IV 77
I 735
VIII 345 I 16
X 38
I 77
siloa
I 61
lo
saghte
I 485
sivu
III 238
iv u
tantusatne
IV 2
sivu
III 238
sriv u
gati-oaayo
IV 3
140
sbha (Smith). 174
175
sisa sisa
hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. asabbappayoge = not associating with all || no asociar(se) con nadie o nada; no usar todo. seane = whistling || silbar. saye = lying; sleeping || dormir; acostarse. visaraa-gatyvasnesu = pervading; spreading (vippharaa) and sitting down (nisdana) || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir; expandir; extender y sentar(se), estar sentado. samdhimhi = putting correctly; coordinating || colocar correctamente; coordinar. upadhrae = holding firmly (bhuso dhraa); container (patihvasena dhrabhvo) || sostener, soportar, mantener, contener firmemente; recipiente, contenedor.
i a i a
hisrtha asarvopayoge
VIII 348
X 274
sia s sda
VIII 350 I 172
...... ad svapne viaraa-gatyavasdaneu

II 22
I 95
I 907
sla
I 163
l a
samdhau
I 556
sla
VIII 343
la
upadhrae
X 332
175
176
su su su141 su su
gatiya = going || ir. savane = flowing (sandana) || fluir, correr. perae = grinding; crushing || aplastar; moler; triturar. savane = hearing || oir. abhisave = oppressing (pana); stirring (manthana); uniting (sandhna); bathing (sinhna) || oprimir; revolver, menear, batir; unir; baar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. gatiya = going || ir. andare = disrespect || falta de respeto. takriyya = being that = happiness (sukhya vedanya kriy) || experimentar eso (felicidad). soke = grieving; sorrowing || lamentar; sentir pesar.
sru ru ...... u
gatau ravae prerae
I 172
VI 115
IV 241 IV 246
abhiave
V1
su suka sukkha sukha
V 255 I 11
...... uk a srk a sukh a gatau dare (andare-K) tatkriyym

K 1.86
I 22
I 697
I 19
X 383
suca
141
I 30
uc a
oke
I 198
s (Smith). 176
177
sua suha
andare = disrespect || falta de respeto. gatipaighte = obstructing the going (the action) || obstruir la accin; cojear; renquear. lasiye = laziness || pereza; flojedad; inactividad. sosane = making dry || secar. sosane = making dry || secar. avamocane = loosening; releasing || soltar, aflojar; liberar.
u a uh a
andare gatipratighte pratighte lasye oae oae veane (vimocane, vimo-cana mocanbhvo granthana-K. 317) hisrtha auce abde aye mne
I 364 I 341 (DP)
suha suhi suhi sutta
VIII 298 I 57 VIII 298 VIII 309
uh a uh i uh i stra
X 103
I 367 X 104
X 360
sutha sudha suna supa suppa
hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. soceyye = purity (sucibhva) || pureza; purificacin. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. sayane = sleeping || dormir. mne = measuring || medir.
I 73
rath a udh a svan a
I 836
III 231 I 113
IV 82
I 879
I 121 VIII 326
i vap a
rp a
II 59 X 79 (DP)
177
178
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 129, 210 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 786
subha sumbha
dittiya = shining || brillar. hisya bhsane ca = hurting and saying; talking || daar; lastimar; herir y decir; hablar. pahre = striking; hitting || golpear; pegar. issariya-dittsu = supremacy and shining || supremaca, superioridad y brillar. sajjane = making || hacer; preparar. sosane = making dry || secar. sattiya = ability || habilidad; capacidad. savarae = restraining; protecting || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. pasave = producing (janana) || producir; generar; procrear.
ubh a sumbh a
dptau bhae
I 125
I 434 (DP)
sumbha
II 217
umbh a
bhae, bhsane ity eke, hisym ity anye aivarya-dptyo

VI 50
sura
I 155
ur a
sulla susa suha sua142 s143
VIII 343 III 240 III 240 I 201
ulk a u a uh a thu a sthu a u
atisparane (sarjaneK. 287) osae cakyarthe (aktauKalpadruma) savarae savarae prasavaivaryayo
X 85 (DP) IV 74
IV 21
VI 93 VI 94
I 172
I 988 II 32
142 143
thua (Smith). su (Smith). 178
179
pagabbhavimocane(su) = releasing the child from the womb; giving birth || dar a luz. pippasave = giving birth || dar a luz. pesue = slandering; backbiting (pisuabhva) || difamar; calumniar (cualidad de aquello que crea divisin). gandhane = spreading of odor || difusin del olor. paggharae = trickling; oozing; dripping || gotear; chorrear; escurrir; exudar. secane144 = sprinkling || rociar, asperjar. vikkantiya = exerting; striving (vikkamana) || esforzar(se). rujya = paining; afflicting || doler; afligir.
prigarbhavimocane
s sca
III 238 VIII 293
sca
priprasave paiunye
IV 24
X 327
sca sda
VIII 293 I 93
...... d a karae
I 25
sda sra
VIII 313 VIII 336
d a ra
karae vikrntau
X 177
X 354
sla
I 164
l a
rujj saghoe ca
I 527 (DP)
144
sevane (Smith). 179
180
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 172, 209 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. I 963
se
khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotar, acabar; destruccin. pke = cooking || cocinar; cocer. gatiya = going || ir. gatyatthe = going || ir. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. gatiya = going || ir. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vertir. antakammani = making an end || terminar. gabbe = pride; arrogance (dabbana) || orgullo; arrogancia. vaa-gatsu = color and going || color e ir. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. dittiya = shining || brillar.
ai
kaye
se se seka seca selu sevu so sou
I 172
ai rai yai sek ac a el ev ev ...... au
pke pke gatau gatyartha secane sevane ca gatau secane secane
I 966 I 967 I 1012
I 172, 209 I 17 I 33
I 81 I 176
I 165 I 171
I 576 I 530 I 536
VI 259 I 52
garve
I 310
soa soa
I 60
o ro
vara-gatyo saghte
I 483
I 61
I 484
haa
I 53
ha a
dptau
I 334
180
181
hada
karsossagge = releasing excrement || evacuar excremento. karsussagge = voiding of excrement || evacuar excremento. his-gatsu = hurting and going || daar; lastimar; herir e ir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. apanayane = removing || remover (quitar algo de un lugar). gatimhi = going || ir. gatiya = going || ir. harae = existing; being (pavattana) || existir; ser. apanayane = removing; carrying away (nharaa) || remover (quitar algo de un lugar); llevarse. dne = taking; seizing || tomar; asir, agarrar.
had a
purtotsarge
hada
VIII 312
......
hana
I 113
han a
his-gatyo
II 2
hana hanu
III 233 VII 263
...... hnu apanayane

II 72
hamma haya hara hara
I 132 I 139 I 152
hamm a hay a h ......
gatau gatau harae
I 495 I 545 I 947
I 153
hara
I 153
......
181
182
hariya
gati-gelaesu = going and sickness; ailing || || enfermedad; dolencia. lajjya = being ashamed || estar avergonzado. hasane = laughing || rer; sonrer. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. lige = embracing (upaghana) || abrazar. silghya = praising || elogiar; alabar. cge = giving up; abandoning || dejar; abandonar; renunciar. parihniya = loss; decrease || prdida; disminucin; reduccin. gati-buddhsu upatpe ca = going; knowing and vexation; tormenting || ir; conocer; comprender y molestar; fastidiar; atormentar.
hary a
gati-kntyo
hare hasa hasa hasu145 haa h h
I 154
hr has e hras a h u
lajjym hasane abde alke lghym tyge
III 3
I 175
I 757
I 175
I 743
I 174
I 741
I 200
I 309
I 190
o h k
......
III 8
III 240
hi
IV 246
hi
gatau vddhau ca
V 11
145
hsu (Smith). 182
183
Pali Root raz pali Root Meaning significado de la raz Ref. Ref. I 172 Sanskrit Root raz snscrita Root Meaning significado de raz Ref. Ref. VII 19 X 286 I 17
hisa146 hikka
hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound; hiccuping (avibhvitatthasadda, niratthakasadda) || sonido inarticulado; hipar. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. gatiya = going || ir. hvakarae = flirting; dalliance || flirtear; coquetear. sukhe abyattasadde ca = happiness and inarticulate sound || felicidad; bienestar; placer y sonido inarticulado. sadde = making sound || producir sonido. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
his i hikk a
hisym avyakte abde
I 914
hikka hii hila hildi147
VIII 283 I 58 I 169
vik a hik a hi i hil a hld i
hisy ity eke gaty-andarayo bhvakarae avyakte abde sukhe ca
X 146
I 287 VI 69
I 94
I 27
hisa148 hisi hisi
I 175
hlas a his i his i
abde hisym hisym
I 744
II 216 VIII 347
VII 19
X 286
146 147
hisi (Smith). hild (Smith). 148 hisu (Smith). 183
184
ha hu hu
andare = disrespect || falta de respeto. dne = giving || dar. pasajjakarae = doing in a certain way (pakrena sajjanakriy) || hacer de una cierta manera. koille = crookedness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. koille = crookedness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. calane = trembling || temblar; vibrar. kampane = trembling || temblar; vibrar. gatiya = going || ir. sattya = being; existing || ser; existir; estar.
...... hu h dndanayo prasahyakarae

III 1 III 15
I 191 I 191
huccha
I 39
hur(c)ch
kauilye
I 226
hui
I 58
hu i
saghte
I 288
hura
I 149
hv
kauilye
I 978
hula
I 167, 210
hval a hmal a
calane calane
I 843 I 844
hua h
I 200
hu h ......
gatau gatau
I 375 I 375
I 191, 202
184
185
heha
vibdhya = oppressing; harming || oprimir; obstruir; daar, lastimar. gatiya = going || ir. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound; howling; neighing || sonido inarticulado; aullar; relinchar. andare = disrespect || falta de respeto. vehane = wrapping; enveloping || envolver; cubrir. gatiya = going || ir. andare = disrespect || falta de respeto.
heh a
vibdhym
hesu hesu
I 181 I 181
pe he hle
gatau (hre -K) avyakte abde avyakte abde
I 648
I 62223 (DP)
hea hea hoa hoa
I 200
he he a ho ho
andare veane gatau andare
I 304
I 201
I 815
I 200 I 200
I 376 I 305
185
186
Root Meaning significado de la raz Pali Root raz pali
akkosane = abusing; insulting || insultar; khusi VIII 347 agraviar. akkose = insulting; abusing || insultar; agraviar. akkhepe = throwing || arrojar, tirar; lanzar. aggagamane = going first; leading (padhnagamana, pahamam eva gamana v) || ir primero; liderar. aggisadda-pakkhepa-maddanesu = sound of fire; putting in, throwing in and crushing || sonido del fuego; poner en/dentro de, arrojar en/dentro de y aplastar, triturar. acchane = sitting (nisdana) || sentar(se), estar sentado. bia I 200, sapa I 121 sara VIII 335 pura I 156
mua I 54
sa-kase I 190
acchdane = clothing; covering || cubrir; kubi I 123; VIII 328, nivsa VIII 347, vasa arropar, vestir. VIII 349 acchedane = cutting || cortar. ajjane = procuring; acquiring || obtener; adquirir; procurar. ajjave = straightness; rectitude (ujubhva) || rectitud; honestidad. ajjhayane = reciting; learning || recitar; aprender; estudiar. ajjhoharae = swallowing || tragar; ingerir. lupa II 216 ajja I 43, sajja I 43 uju I 47 cacca VIII 292, i I 12 gila I 165
186
187
atisajjane = giving; preaching || dar; predicar; instruir. atisaye = abundance; excess || abundancia; exceso. adane = eating || comer.
disa I 189 vi-sisa VIII 348 gala I 165, gasu I 183, camu I 131, camba I 124, chamu I 131, jamu I 131, jimu I 131, jhamu I 131, amu I 131, tiu VII 263, bhakkha VIII 284 antara-dh III 228, nasa 235, sama I 133
III
adassane = not seeing; disappearance || desaparicin; ausencia; no ver. addane = wetness; moistness || humedad. addabhve = moistness; wetness (tintabhva) || humedad. adhogatiya = going down || ir abajo. adhomukhkarae = facing down || mirar hacia abajo. anatabhsane = lying; speaking falsehood || mentir. andare = disrespect || falta de respeto.
240, lupa
III
tubi I 123, tuhi I 196, divu VIII 345, dubi VIII 328, duhi I 196, lubi VIII 328, lubi I 123, vattha VIII 311 kilota I 67, timu I 131 tira I 158 kujja I 49 kudi VIII 312 aa VIII 296, dh III 231, roa I 200, sia I 52, sukkha I 22, sua VIII 296, ha I 200, hea I 200, hoa I 200 anu-vi-dh III 232 ssa I 186
anukarae = imitating || imitar. anusihiya = admonishing; advising || amonestar; aconsejar.
187
188
antakammani = making an end || terminar. anvicchya = wishing again and again (punappuna icch) || desear, anhelar una y otra vez. anvesane = seeking; searching || buscar. apanayane = removing || remover (quitar algo de un lugar). aparivesane = avoiding; not moving around || evitar; no moverse alrededor. apavrae = covering; concealing || cubrir; ocultar; esconder. appabhve = smallness; littleness || pequeez; poquedad. appasde = displeasing; disliking || disgustar; desagradar. appyane = fulfilling || completar; cumplir; satisfacer. apptiya = disliking || disgustar; desagradar. appbhve = smallness; littleness || pequeez; poquedad. appbhve khamya ca = smallness; littleness and tolerance; patience || pequeez; poquedad y paciencia; tolerancia.
s III 238, so VI 259 gilesu I 181
maga VIII 286 oa I 60, luca I 30, hanu VII 263, hara I 153 yama VIII 332 chada VIII 314, jala VIII 341 cua VIII 296, pua VIII 296 ka VIII 297 pri VIII 335 dusa III 239, dis I 187 cua I 54, lsa III 239 masa III 239
188
189
abbhse = repetition; practice; excesive desire || repeticin; prctica; deseo excesivo. abyattasadde = inarticulate sound || sonido inarticulado.
mana I 113
kuji I 44, khija I 44, khipa I 121, guji I 44, desu I 181, nada I 84, niji I 47, phala I 164, rahada I 94, saa I 61, saa I 201, hikka I 17, hesu I 181 milecha VIII 294 ghu I 29
abyattya vcya = inarticulate speech || lenguaje inarticulado. abhigamane = attaining; obtaining; understanding (adhigamana) || alcanzar; conseguir; obtener; entender; comprender. abhitthave = praising || elogiar; alabar. abhibhavane = overpowering || conquistar; subyugar; prevalecer; vencer; superar. abhimatta-saddesu = intense intoxication and making sound || intoxicacin intensa y producir sonido. abhimaddane = crushing; subjugating || aplastar; triturar; subyugar. abhiyoge = engaging in a lawsuit || entablar pleito. abhivdana-thutsu = saluting and praising || saludar, reverenciar y elogiar; alabar.
thu V 249 ji I 42
ghura I 156
punsa VIII 345 aa I 58 vad VIII 315, vanda I 91
189
190
abhisave = oppressing (pana); stirring su IV 246 (manthana); uniting (sandhna); bathing (sinhna) || oprimir; revolver, menear, batir; unir; baar. alakre = decorating; ornamenting || ornamentar; decorar; adornar. avakampane = shaking || vibrar; agitar. avakkhepe = throwing down (adhokhipana) || arrojar; tirar abajo. avakhaane = breaking into pieces; destroying || destruir; romper; rasgar. avagamane = knowing (jnana) || conocer; comprender. avaghane = inflicting; tormenting || afligir; atormentar. avatthne = standing; remaining || permanecer; estar de pie. avadrae = breaking; digging || romper; quebrar; cavar; excavar. piadhi I 109, bhsa 347, vsi I 173
I
173, bhsa
VIII
kapa VIII 327, bh VIII 330 kuccha VIII 294 d III 226, dna I 113 budha III 228 pa VIII 350 dhara I 158 khanu I 113
avabodhane = knowing; understanding || I 50, V 249 conocer; comprender. avamocane = loosening; releasing || soltar, aflojar; liberar. avayave = limb; part; constituent || miembro; parte; componente. sutta VIII 309 khidi I 89, pisu I 189, vidi I 89, saa I 53
190
191
avasasane = hanging down (avalambana) || colgar; caer.
pasu I 183, bhasu I 183, labi I 124
avasandane = dancing; bending the naa VIII 296 body (gattavikkhepa) || danzar; doblar el cuerpo o los miembros. aviddhasane = non-destroying || no destruir. aviyattya vcya = inarticulate speech || lenguaje inarticulado. avhne rodane ca = calling and crying || llamar, convocar y llorar. avhyane baddhya sadde ca = calling (pakkosana); selfishness, pride (ahakra); challenging (ghaana, srambhakaraa) and making sound (rava) || llamar, convocar; egosmo, arrogancia (lit. hacer yo); actuar con mpetu, retar, desafiar; y producir un sonido. asasaye = no doubting || no dudar. asadde = silence; noiseless (nissadda) || silencio; ausencia de ruido (silencioso). asabbappayoge = not associating with all || no asociar(se) con nadie. asammbhsane = improperly speaking || hablar incorrectamente. dhara I 153 milecha I 39 kusa I 183, kada I 95, kadi I 91, kaladi I 91 vhe I 194
cara VIII 335 kalla I 166 sisa VIII 348 saha VIII 298
191
192
asghacre = acting slowly; (asghappavatti) || actuar o mover(se) lentamente. assdane = tasting; enjoying || gustar, saborear. assda-sinehesu = tasting and sticking || gustar, saborear y aglutinar, pegar.
dadhi I 109
daka VIII 283, rasa I 175, rasa VIII 348, laka VIII 283, liha I 198, sada VIII 313, s III 238 rasa I 175
assuvimocane = releasing tears; crying || ruda I 103 soltar lgrimas, llorar. kahane = pulling; dragging || tirar; arrastrar; jalar. kirae = scattering; pouring || esparcir, diseminar, desparramar, dispersar; verter; rociar. kaha I 59 vaha VIII 299
ghte = anger; hatred || enojo; odio; ira. taa VIII 350 ghne = smelling (ghnena gandhnubhavana) || oler. sighi I 29
darndaresu = respect and disrespect || dara I 151, puttha VIII 311 respeto y falta de respeto. dna-savaraesu = taking and restraining; protecting || tomar; asir y controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. dne = taking; seizing || tomar; asir, agarrar. pavane = jumping || saltar. civu I 171, disa I 184
kuka I 16, r I 145, 209, l I 159, 209, vaka I 16, hara I 153 khudi I 91
192
193
bhaane = defining; determining || definir; determinar.
labha VIII 330

VIII
mantane = calling; addressing || llamar, kua convocar; dirigir(se); hablar a alguien. 304 mappayoge = striving; endeavoring (ussannakriy) || esforzar(se). masane = touching; rubbing || tocar; frotar.
304, keta
VIII
309, gua
VIII
santa VIII 308 cika VIII 283, masa I 189, sika VIII 283
yme = stretching; extending || abarcar; achi I 39 extender. yse smatthiye ca = fatigue (kilamana) and ability || fatiga, cansancio y habilidad; capacidad. lape = conversing; speaking || dirigir la palabra; hablar; conversar. lasiye = laziness || pereza; flojedad; inactividad. dgha I 29
va I 200 suha VIII 298
lasiye gatipaighte ca = laziness and kuhi I 56, luhi I 56 obstructing the going (action) || pereza; flojedad; inactividad y obstruir la accin de ir; cojear; renquear. ligane = embracing || abrazar. lige = embracing (upaghana) || abrazar. locane = seeing (pekkhana) || ver; percibir. silisa III 238 hasu I 174 lakkha VIII 285, sama VIII 333
193
194
varae = covering || obstruir; cubrir. varae = shutting, closing (pidahana); preventing; obstructing (parirundhana); hindering (palibuddhana); not to allow to take away (haritu appadna) || cerrar; cubrir; prevenir, obstruir; impedir, obstaculizar; no permitir que sea llevado; evitar. sane = sitting || sentar(se), estar sentado. sugatiya = going quickly (sghagamana) || ir rpidamente. secane = sprinkling || rociar, asperjar. secane kharae ca = sprinkling and flowing || rociar, asperjar y fluir, correr. icch-kantsu = wishing and delighting || desear y deleitar(se). icchya = wishing; desiring; longing || desear.
kla I 163, rudhi III 232, vara VIII 336 rudhi II 212
mokkha VIII 285 salla I 165, sala I 165 sda VIII 313 cuta I 64 kamu VIII 331 sisi I 183, isu I 190, kakhi I 23, chad VIII 315, paha I 195, piha VIII 349, lala VIII 343, vachi I 39, vara VIII 335
issariya-dittsu = supremacy and shining sura I 155 || supremaca, superioridad y brillar. issariye = supremacy; domination (issarabhva) || supremaca; superioridad; dominio. issya = jealously; envy || envidia. sa I 187
issa I 172
194
195
sahasane = laughing a little; smiling || mhi I 190 sonrer. sam adhivsane = waiting || esperar (lit. -gamu VIII 334 tener poca paciencia). hya = exerting; striving || esforzar(se). ukkhepe = throwing up (uddha khipana) || tirar o arrojar hacia arriba. uggame = raising; going up || surgir; salir; aparecer. vyama I 133 dula VIII 342, lai VIII 298 aa I 200, kubbi I 124, gara I 156, gara VIII 335, gu I 28, braha I 198
uggirae = vomiting; ejecting || vomitar; vamu I 134 expeler. uccrae = uttering || pronunciar; articular; hablar; decir. ujjhane = leaving; abandoning || dejar; abandonar. uche = gleaning || espigar. uttsane = to fear || tener miedo; temer. unde = wetting; moistening || mojar; humedecer. upakkilese = impurity; defiling (upakkilissana) || impureza; ensuciar; manchar; contaminar. upaghte = hurting; injuring || herir; lastimar; matar. dis VIII 349 chadi I 95 isa I 173, uchi I 39, uddhasa V 255, dhasa VIII 347, sila I 169 khia I 52 madhu I 110, sadhu I 110 dupha I 122
uha I 56, luha I 56, ruha I 56

195
196
upacaye = accumulation || acumular. upatpe = vexation; tormenting || molestar; fastidiar; atormentar. upadhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. upadhrae = holding firmly (bhuso dhraa); container (patihvasena dhrabhvo) || sostener, soportar, mantener, contener firmemente; recipiente, contenedor. uparame = restraining; abstaining (viramana) || controlar; restringir; contener; abstener(se). upalepane = coating; smearing || manchar; untar; cubrir. upalepe = smearing; staining || untar; ensuciar; manchar. upavesane = sitting (nisdana) || sentar(se), estar sentado. upasame = peace; calmness || paz; tranquilidad, serenidad. upasevya = serving || servir; asistir. updne = firmly taking (gahaa) || tomar firmemente. ubbege = terror (utrsa); dread (bhrut) || terror; miedo.
diha I 197 kilisa III 238, ru IV 245 usu I 174, palusu I 174, pisu I 174, pusu I 174, silisu I 174 sla VIII 343
yamu I 132
goma VIII 334 lipi I 121 sa I 187 samu III 236 laa VIII 350, vsa VIII 347 gaha VI 257 tapa I 122
196
197
ummde = delusion (muyhana); absence mada III 227 of mindfulness; forgetfulness (sativippavsa); madness (cittavikkhepa) || ignorancia; engao; ilusin; falta de atencin; olvido; locura. ummde = madness || locura. ummne = measuring || medir. mileu I 52, meu I 52, loa I 200 tula VIII 341
ummsane = opening the eyes || abrir los by I 138 ojos. ussagge = rejecting; emiting || descartar; byusa VIII 346, ujjha I 50 rechazar; desechar. ussaye = to be upright (roha, ubbedha) || estar vertical; ascender; elevacin; altura. ekacariyya = faring alone || andar solo. osdane = sinking || hundir; sumergir. kase = digging (Ns.) || cavar; excavar. kakkane = making powder; pulverizing || pulverizar; moler. kakkane = rubbing the body (sarre ubbaana) || frotar o dar masajes en el cuerpo. kakhya = doubting || dudar. taa I 53
vahi I 57 mujja I 49 khaa I 53 capa VIII 326 muci I 33, maca I 33
kakhi I 22, makhi I 22, vakhi I 22
197
198
kaabhede = piercing the ears || perforar la oreja (para colocar aretes). kaane (khaane) = cutting || cortar. katthane = boasting || ostentar. katthane = praising (pasasana) || elogiar; alabar. kathana-yuddha-nind-his-dnesu = talking; fighting; blaming; hurting and taking; seizing || hablar; luchar, pelear; reprochar, criticar; daar, lastimar y tomar; asir, agarrar. kathane = talking || hablar. kantikarae = beautifying || agradar; hacer aquello que agrada. kantiya = wishing; desiring || desear; anhelar. kampane = trembling || temblar; vibrar.
chidda VIII 314 mui I 58 vibha I 126, sibha I 126 silgha I 29 dipha I 122
katha 127
VIII
310, sa-sa
179, sabbha
ghus I 183, dhsa VIII 346 lasa I 184, vasa I 185 ila I 168, eja I 43, cala I 167, 210, dh V 249, dh VIII 319, sala I 210, hula I 167, 210 tra VIII 336, pra VIII 336
kammasampattiya = completion of work; accomplishing (kammassa parisampana; nihpana) || conclusin de un trabajo; lograr; consumar; realizar. karae = doing || hacer.
kara VII 266
198
199
karsussagge = voiding of excrement (vaccakaraa) || evacuar excremento. karsossagge = releasing excrement || evacuar excremento. karsossagge mode kya ca = releasing excrement; rejoicing and sporting; playing || evacuar excremento; regocijo, alegra; y jugar. karuya = compassion || compasin. kalahakammani = quarreling || pelear; disputar. kalye = goodness (kalyat) || bondad; estado de bueno.
gu I 26, hada VIII 312 hada I 93 uda I 93
kapa I 120 tua I 54 bhai VIII 299
kalle sokhiye ca = goodness (kalya) bhadi I 91 and happiness (sukhino bhvo) || bondad, bueno y felicidad. kme = desire; wish (icch) || deseo. klopadese = indicating the time || indicar el tiempo ( = hora o momento). anu-rudha III 232 vela VIII 344
kicchajvane = difficult or painful living kaha I 56, khaji VIII 294, taki I 11 (kasirajvana) || vida difcil o dolorosa. kilamane = fatigue; weariness || fatiga; cansancio. kya = playing; sporting || jugar. nitami I 131 kuda I 93, kumra VIII 335, khuda I 93, guda I 93, ramu I 134
199
200
k-vijigis-byavahra-juti-thuti-kantigati-sattsu = sporting; charming (ramaa); living (vihra); wish to conquer (vijayicch); trading (vohra); splendor (sobh); praising (thoman); beauty (kamanyat); going (gamana); ability (smatthiya) || jugar; encantar; fascinar; residir; habitar; vivir; deseo de conquistar; comerciar; trocar; esplendor; elogiar; alabar; belleza; ir; habilidad; capacidad. kucchane = reproaching || reprochar, criticar; desprecio, desdn. kucchya = reproaching (garah) || reprochar, criticar. kucch-sannikarisesu = reproaching, blaming (garah) and to be near || reprochar, criticar y estar cerca. kucchite gamane = despicable going || ir inapropiadamente. kucchite sadde = making an disgusting sound (flatulence) || producir un sonido desagradable (flatulencia). kuilagatiya = going crookedly || ir torcidamente. kuilya gatiya = moving crookedly || ir torcidamente. kuumbadhrae = supporting a family || sustentar una familia.
divu III 219
kalaha I 196, garaha I 196 ku VI 259, nidi I 89 nida I 97, neda I 97
d I 82 kadda I 86, sadda I 94
aka I 12, 210, agga I 28 aga I 210 tanta VIII 308

200
201
kuane = cutting; dividing || cortar; dividir, separar. ketave = cheating; deceiving || engaar; defraudar. ketave gatyakkhepe ca = cheating; deceiving and jumping up || engaar y saltar, brincar. koill-appbhvesu = crookedness and smallness; littleness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido y pequeez; poquedad. koille = crookedness || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido. kodhe = to be angry || enojo, odio, ira. kope = to be angry || enojo, odio, ira. khantiya = patience || paciencia. khaye = exhaustion; destruction || agotamiento, acabamiento; destruccin. khdana-sattsu = eating and existing || comer y existir; ser. khipan-uanesu = throwing and flying up || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar y volar; despegar.
sicca VIII 292 saha VIII 298 maghi I 29
kuca I 30
kathi I 73, kua I 54, tua I 61, nasa I 183, bhuja I 48, vaka I 12, huccha I 39, hura I 149 bhma I 132, bhma VIII 334 kudha III 231, kupa III 235, cai I 58 khapi VIII 326 khara I 153, khi I 18, khi III 222, kh IV 245, khe I 209, je I 42, 209, tapa VIII 326, d III 226, byaya VIII 334, se I 172, 209 khe I 19 i I 57
201
202
khede nirodhe ca = fatigue (kilamana) and cessation; non-existence (abhvagamana) || fatiga, cansancio y cesacin; inexistencia. khepane = throwing; casting || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar.
samu III 236
ra VIII 336
khepane gatiya ca = throwing; passing aja I 43 or spending time and going || arrojar, tirar; pasar tiempo e ir. khepe = throwing (khipana) || arrojar, tirar; lanzar; descartar. gati-gandhanesu = going and spreading of odor || ir y difusin del olor. gati-gelaesu = going and sickness, ailing || ir y enfermedad, dolencia. gaticturiye = skillfulness in going (gatichekabhva) || destreza o habilidad en ir. gati-theriyesu = going and firmness || ir y firmeza; constancia. asu III 239, kala VIII 342, khipa IV 245, khoa VIII 297, ipa I 121, pila VIII 342 v I 170, v III 238 hariya I 139 dhora I 146
dhu I 107
gati-desanesu = going and preaching || ir ri V 254 y predicar; instruir. gatinivattiya = stopping from going; standing (uppajjamnassa gamanass upacchedo) || detener el movimiento; pararse. h I 55, h III 225, th I 68
gatipaighte = limping (gatipaihanana) khola I 165, ghora I 146 || cojear; renquear.

202
203
gatipaighte = obstructing the going (the action) || obstruir la accin; cojear; renquear. gati-ppuesu = going and reaching || ir y alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar. gati-pjansu = going and venerating; honoring || ir y venerar; honrar. gati-buddhsu = going and knowing || ir y conocer, comprender. gati-buddhsu upatpe ca = going; knowing and vexation; tormenting || ir; conocer; comprender y molestar; fastidiar; atormentar. gati-bhakkhaesu = going and eating || ir y comer. gatimhi = going || ir.
suha I 56
y I 137, y III 237 acu I 30 si I 171 hi IV 246
cara I 147 ama I 132, chama I 132, dama mima I 132, hamma I 132
I
132,
203
204
gatiya = going || ir.
aa I 53, ahi I 57, abbha I 125, aya I 139, ara I 158, ahi I 196, i I 1, ia I 53, iu VII 263, ila I 169, isi I 189, ja I 44, esu I 181, 188, kaa I 53, kapi VIII 326, kabba I 123, kassa I 183, kia I 53, kelu I 165, khabba I 123, khi V 247, khipi I 121, khelu I 165, gaa I 61, gabba I 123, gamu I 134, 202, g I 28, 209, cacu I 30, cabba I 123, caya I 139, cu I 209, celu I 165, jua I 201, jesu I 181, i III 225, tacu I 30, taya I 139, tila I 165, dasu I 183, dapha I 122, daphi I 122, du I 82, dhaja I 42, dhaji I 42, nakkha I 22, nesu I 181, paa I 53, pai I 58, pata I 63, pata VIII 309, patha I 73, pathi VIII 310, pada III 227, pada VIII 314, pabba I 123, paya I 139, para VIII 335, pala VIII 344, pilahi I 196, pisi I 176, pu I 209, pe I 119, pelu I 165, pesu I 176, plu I 209, phaa I 61, belu I 165, macu I 30, mabba I 123, mabbha I 125, maya I 139, muna I 117, raa I 61, raya I 139, rahi I 195, risa I 189, ruhi I 57, luhi I 57, vagga I 27, vaja I 42, vacu I 30, vappha I 122, vabba I 123, vabbha I 125, vaya I 139, viccha I 39, velu I 165, sajja I 42, satta VIII 308, sappa I 202, sabba I 123, sara I 146, sala I 165, sava I 170, sidhu I 108, su I 172, suka I 11, se I 172, 209, selu I 165, haya I 139, hii I 58, hua I 200, hesu I 181, hoa I 200 ju I 42, 209
gatiya = going fast (sghagati) || ir rpidamente.
204
205
gatiya dity-dnesu ca = going, shining and taking; seizing; grasping || ir; brillar y tomar; asir, agarrar. gatiya ycane ca = going and begging || ir y mendigar (pedir comida). gatiya rosane ca = going and anger || ir y enojo; odio; ira. gatiya hisya ca = going and hurting || ir y daar; lastimar; herir. gativekalle = deficiency in going (limping) || dificultad en caminar; cojear; renquear. gati-sakhynesu = going and calculating || ir y contar; calcular. gati-sukha-sevanesu = going, happiness (sukhana) and associating; serving || ir; felicidad y asociar; servir; asistir. gatisuddhiya = clear going; running || correr; puro ir. gati-sosanesu = going and making dry || ir y secar. gattavicuane = injuring the body || lastimar, daar el cuerpo. gattavinme = bending the body or the limbs || doblar el cuerpo o los miembros.
asa I 184
adda I 86 ru I 145 abba I 123, dua I 61, sabba I 123 khaji I 43
kala VIII 343 vta VIII 309
dhvu I 171 kas I 187, khanda I 91, sivu III 238 vaa VIII 304 jabha I 127, jabhi I 127, nata III 225, mile I 166
205
206
gatyakkhepe = jumping up; going up (gatiy akkhepo) || saltar, brincar, ir hacia arriba. gatyatthe = going || ir.
raghi I 29, laghi I 29
ikhi I 22, ukha I 22, kaki I 17, ika I 17, eka I 208, tika I 17, nakha I 22, makha I 22, rakha I 22, rakhi I 22, rikhi I 22, lakha I 22, lakhi I 22, lagha I 208, vaki I 17, sakka I 17, sakka I 208, seka I 17 dabhi I 129 gupha I 122, nala vaa VIII 297
I
ganthane = knitting; tying || tejer; atar; entrelazar. ganthe = tying; making a knot (ganthikaraa) || atar; amarrar; anudar, hacer un nudo.
167, paa
VIII
297,
gandhane = spreading of odor || difusin sca VIII 293 del olor. gandhopdne = smelling || oler. gabbe = pride (dabbana) || orgullo. gamane = going || ir. gh I 28, gh III 222 sou I 52 agi I 27, igi I 27, ghua I 61, ghua I 61, tagi I 27, magi I 27, ragi I 27, rigi I 27, lagi I 27, ligi I 27, vagi I 27, sagi I 27, sala I 168 magga VIII 286 -d III 74, 226, gaha I 197, ghai I 61, ghii I 61, ghui I 61, pila I 169, bhasa VIII 347 lubha III 235
gavesane = seeking; searching || buscar. gahae = taking || tomar.
giddhiya = greed; attachment || codicia, deseo; apego.
206
207
guttabhsane = protected speaking; confidential speaking || lenguaje confidencial; consultar.
manta VIII 308
gopana-jigucchanesu = protecting and gupa I 120 disgusting; disliking || proteger; cuidar y disgustar. ghaane = striving (vyma-karaa) || esforzar(se). gharae = sprinkling; dripping || rociar, asperjar; verter; gotear. ghasane = eating || comir. ghasane blye ca = eating and childhood || comer y niez; infancia. ghoravsite kakhya ca = making an unpleasant sound and doubting || emitir un sonido desagradable y dudar. cammani ptubhve = manifestation of the skin || manifestacin de la piel, corteza, cuero, etc. caye = piling || apilar, amontonar; acumular. carae = walking; going || caminar; ir. calane = trembling || temblar; sacudir; vibrar. ghaa VIII 296 sica I 38 kua I 201 khua I 201 dakhi I 23, dhakhi I 23
ruha I 197
ci IV 245, ci V 247 cara I 146 khala I 165, ghaa VIII 296, bhesu I 184, hula I 167, 210
207
208
calane savarae ca = trembling and restraining; protecting || temblar; vibrar y controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. cavane = falling; dying cge = giving up; abandoning || dejar; abandonar; renunciar. cittakarae, kadci dassane pi = making variegated (vicittabhvakaraa) and seeing that is rare or unusual || abigarrar y ver lo que es raro o inusual. cittasamussagge = relinquishing ones mind || abandonar la mente. cittkarae = making variegated (vicitrabhvakaraa) || abigarrar; diferenciar. cintya = thinking || pensar; reflexionar. cuane = grinding; crushing || aplastar; moler; triturar. cumbane = kissing || besar. ceya = urging || incitar, instigar. cetantulye = urging; being equal || incitar, instigar; ser igual. cetya = striving; exerting; urging || esforzar(se); incitar, instigar.
vala I 166, valla I 166, sala I 166
cu I 33, cu VIII 292 oha I 198, caja I 44, maa 195, raha VIII 349, h I 190 citta VIII 310
I
62, raha
byaya VIII 334 liga VIII 285
cinta VIII 305, jhe I 49, sara I 149 pisa II 216 nikkha I 22, nis I 187 cea I 54 cevi I 171 ha I 196, ghaa I 54, tadi I 91
208
209
cehan-khyna-nivsesu = marking (saa), talking (kathana) and living (nivasana) || marcar, percibir; hablar y residir, vivir. coriye = theft (corassa bhva) || robo; hurto. chaane = discarding || descartar; desechar. chaane = throwing away; rejecting || arrojar; tirar; descartar. chijjane = cutting itself || cortar(se). chedana-praesu = cutting and fillling || cortar y llenar; completar. chedane = cutting || cortar.
vida VIII 312
thena VIII 322 chaa VIII 297 khipa I 121, chaa VIII 299 chidi III 226 vaddha VIII 319 kati I 67, kati II 214, kua I 54, kua VIII 296, cua I 54, cua VIII 296, cui VIII 297, cua I 62, chu I 39, chua I 54, chua VIII 296, che III 224, l V 255, vacchu I 40 khura I 156
chedane vilekhane ca = cutting and scratching; writing || cortar y rayar; escribir. chede = cutting || cortar. janane = making; producing || hacer; producir; generar. jaye = conquering; winning || conquistar; triunfar; ganar.
kai VIII 298, khai VIII 298 jana III 233 ji I 42, ji V 248
209
210
jniya = loss; deprivation || prdida; privacin; carencia. jigucchya = disliking; loathing || disgustar; desagradar; detestar. jivhmathane = moving the tongue || mover la lengua. a-cint-nismanesu = knowing; thinking and listening, observing || conocer, comprender; pensar, reflexionado y escuchar, or, observar. e = knowing (jnana) || conocer; comprender. hne = standing || estar de pie; detener el movimiento. takriyya = being that = happiness (sukhya vedanya kriy) || experimentar eso (felicidad). takriyya = experiencing that = suffering (dukkhya vedanya kriy) || experimentar eso (sufrimiento). tanukarae = making thin; reducing || reducir. tantasantne = weaving; sewing || tejer; entrelazar; coser. tapane = restraining || controlar; restringir; contener.
ji V 248 yu VIII 334 lai I 59 veu I 61
kita I 67, mana III 232, muna V 251, vida I 103 thala I 167 sukha I 19
dukkha I 19
taccha I 41, s III 238, s VI 259 y I 143, v V 254, ve I 170, sivu III 238 takkha I 22
210
211
tappana-kantsu = to be pleased and to like || estar satisfecho, complacerse y gustar. tane = beating; striking || golpear; pegar. titikkhya = enduring; forgiving || soportar, aguantar; tolerar; perdonar. titti-paightesu = satisfying (tappana) and striking || satisfacer; saciar y golpear; pegar; chocar. tittiya = satiating; satisfying (tappana) || satisfacer; saciar. tuhiya = liking; satisfaction || agradar; satisfacer. tejane = sharpening (nisna) || afilar; aguzar. tosana-nisnesu = giving pleasure and sharpening || complacer; satisfacer; agradar y afilar; aguzar. toane = hurting; injuring || herir; lastimar; matar. thapane = placing; putting || colocar; poner. thambhe = rigidity of mind (cittassa thaddhat) || rigidez de la mente. thavane = praising (thuti) || elogiar, alabar.
p V 252
jasa VIII 346, taa byadha III 232 marisa VIII 348 caka I 12
VIII
350, tai
58,
tapha I 122, tisa I 184 tusa III 240, vida II 215 sna I 113 apa VIII 322
tui I 58, tua I 200 opa VIII 327, thapa VIII 327 mana VIII 321 akka VIII 283, ia VIII 350
211
212
thuti-moda-mada-supana-gatsu = madi I 92 praising; rejoicing; intoxicating, pride; sleeping and going || elogiar, alabar; regocijar; intoxicar, orgullo; dormir e ir. thutiya = praising || elogiar; alabar. thliye = thickness; bigness || estado de grueso o grande. theriye = firmness (thirabhva) || firmeza; constancia. theriye dhiti-hissu ca = firmness; energy and hurting || firmeza; constancia; energa y daar; herir; lastimar. theyyakarae = stealing (thenana, corik) || robar; hurtar. theyye = stealing (thenana, corik) || robar; hurtar. dasane = stinging; biting (dantasukatakattik kriy) || morder; picar. daavinipte = punishing || castigar. dabbavinimaye = exchange of goods; trading (kayavikkayavasena bhaassa parivattana) || intercambio de substancia (bienes); comerciar. dabbe = egotism; arrogance (ahakra) || egosmo; arrogancia (lit. hacer yo). a I 201, thu I 68, dica I 31, nu I 112 tiva I 170, niva I 170, piva I 170, miva I 170, vaha I 56 bada I 84 khada I 84
kuju I 42, khuju I 42, gaecu I 30, gucu I 30 cura VIII 278, musa I 173, musa rui I 54, lui I 54, lui VIII 297
V
256,
khadda I 86, dasa I 179, dasa VIII 346
daa VIII 299 k V 247
kabba I 124, khabba I 124, gabba I 124
212
213
damane = taming || domar, amansar; domesticar; entrenar. dassan-akesu = seeing (passana) and marking (lajana) || ver y marcar. dassane = seeing || ver. dassane dasane ca = seeing and stinging; biting || ver y morder; picar. dne = giving || dar.
damu III 237 ikkha I 26, lakkha VIII 283 loka I 15, loka VIII 291 dasi VIII 346 caa I 61, d I 74, d III 226, dsu I 184, panu VII 263, vesu I 190, saa I 61, saa VIII 302, hu I 191 khaji I 45 daya I 142
VIII
278, loca I 33, loca
dne gatiya ca = giving and going || dar e ir. dna-gati-his-dna-rakkhsu = giving; going; hurting; taking; seizing and protecting || dar; ir; herir; daar; lastimar; tomar y proteger; cuidar. dhe = burning || calor; quemar; arder. dhe = heat (uha) || calor. dihpasahre = removing of sight; destruction of sight (cakkhusaitya dihiy upasahro, apanayana vinso v) || eliminacin, destruccin de la vista. ditti-kantsu = shining and desire; wish || brillar y deseo.
kui VIII 297, kui I 58, jhapa tapa VIII 327, dara I 158 usa VI 258 andha VIII 320
VIII
323,
kana I 112
213
214
dittiya = shining (virocana) || brillar.
eja I 45, kaca VIII 293, ghiu VII 263, jala I 166, juta I 66, 210, juta VI 259, jhe I 50, tapa I 122, thivu I 170, dpa III 235, bh I 125, bhja I 45, bheja I 45, rja I 45, vaca I 33, vaci I 33, subha I 129, 210, haa I 53 ksu I 181, bhsu I 181
dittiya = shining (virjanat) and manifesting (pkaat) || brillar y manifestacin (ser claro o evidente). dittiya paighte ca = shining and striking || brillar y golpear; pegar; chocar. dittiya bhassane ca = shining and talking; conversing || brillar y hablar; conversar. dittiya rocane ca = shining; splendor, beauty (sobh) and liking (ruci) || brillar; esplendor, belleza, hermosura y agradar, gustar. ditti-vedhanesu = shining and piercing || brillar y perforar; atravesar; penetrar. dniye = wretchedness; poverty (dnabhva) || pobreza; miseria. dukkha-bhaya-calanesu = suffering, fearing and trembling || sufrir; temer y temblar; sacudir; vibrar. duggatiya = poverty (dukkhassa gati patih) || pobreza; miseria.
vaka I 16
laji I 44
ruca I 34, 210
ddhi I 110 khidi III 227 byatha I 73
dalidda I 104
214
215
dubballe = weakness; feebleness || debilidad. dubbalye = weakness || debilidad. devane = lamenting; sorrowing || lamentar; sentir pesar.
kipa VIII 327 satha VIII 311, sra VIII 335 deva I 171, devu I 171
yaja I 47 devapja-sagatakaraa-dnadhammesu = venerating; honoring the Buddha, etc. (Buddhdipj); connecting (samodhnakaraa); renunciating (pariccga) and spiritual practices (jhnasldi) || venerar, honrar; honrar al Buddha, etc.; unir, conectar; renunciar y prctica de moralidad (sla), concentracin de absorcin (jhna), etc. devasadde = thundering (megha-sadda) || tronar; sonido de tormenta. dosane = offending; angering || ofender; causar enojo; molestar. dvedhkarae = making into two; cutting; dividing || hacer dos partes; cortar; dividir; separar. dhae = prosperity (dhanana) || prosperidad. dharae = existing (vijjamnat) || existir. gada VIII 313, thana VIII 321 dusa III 239 chida VIII 314, chidi II 215
jala I 167, dhana I 116 dhara I 153
215
216
dhra-ucchya-pjanesu = holding; bearing; removing impurities (malaharaa) and venerating; honoring || sostener; soportar; mantener; cargar; eliminar impurezas y venerar, honrar. dhrae = holding; bearing || sostener; soportar; mantener. dhovane = washing || lavar; limpiar. natiya = bending || doblar. namane = bending; inclining || inclinar(se); doblar(se). nayane = leading || guiar; conducir; llevar. naye = leading; guiding || guiar; conducir; llevar. nsane = destroying || destruir; hacer perecer. nikropakresu = striking and helping; supporting || esforzar(se) y ayudar; apoyar. niketane = living (nivsa) || residir; habitar; vivir. nikkarse = lightness (lahubhva) || liviandad, levedad.
maci I 33
gabbha I 127, dadha I 108, dhara VIII 336, dh I 105, pusa VIII 347, mala I 166, malla I 166 -camu VIII 331, dhovu I 170 naa I 53 namu I 133 nara I 151 n I 110 jabhi VIII 330, nakka 345, vakka VIII 282 yata VIII 309
VIII
282, pasi
VIII
pubba VIII 328 tla I 164
216
217
niggirae = trickling; oozing; dripping (paggharaa) || gotear; chorrear; escurrir; exudar. nihubhane = spitting (kheaptana) || escupir. nitthunane = moaning; groaning || gemir, plair; lamentar.
gira I 155
opa I 121, dhimha I 200 thu V 249
nidampane = removing seeds and leaves nidapi I 121 without cutting or breaking the plant || quitar las semillas y las hojas sin cortar o daar la planta. nidassane = pointing out; indicating || sealar; indicar; explicar. niddakkhaye = awakening || despertar (lit. destruccin del sueo). nipajjya = lying down; sleeping || dormir; acostarse. khivu I 170, khivu dhivu III 238
III
238, dhivu I 170,
jgara I 154, jgara VII 277, dhu I 197 tuvaa VIII 297
nipue = to be clever; to be skillful || ser pua I 61 hbil; ser diestro; ser inteligente. nippke = cooking || cocinar; cocer. nibbattiya = producing; giving fruit || producir; dar fruto. nimlane = winking || parpadear; cerrar los ojos. nimelane = closing the eyes || cerrar los ojos; parpadear. katha I 74 phala I 164 kaa VIII 302, mla VIII 342 mla I 162
217
218
nimmajjane = squeezing; rubbing || apretar; comprimir; estrujar; frotar. nivrae = preventing; warding off || prevenir; evitar; impedir. nivse = living || residir, vivir. nivse kodha-hissu ca = living; to be angry and hurting || residir, vivir; enojo, odio, ira y daar, herir. nivse rogpanayane ca = living and removing illness; curing || residir, vivir y curar, sanar. nisne = sharpening; sharpness (tikkhat) || afilar; aguzar. nisne khamya ca = sharpening (tikkhatkaraa) and patience (khanti) || afilar; aguzar y paciencia. ncagatiya = going or existing low (hnagamana, hnappavatti) || ir o existir bajo. pakathane = telling; announcing; preaching (cikkhana, desana) || decir; anunciar; predicar. paksane = showing || mostrar; indicar; exponer. pakkhepane = putting into; throwing into || poner en/ dentro de; arrojar en/dentro de.
vula VIII 342 rubhi I 129 khi I 18, maha I 56, vasa I 184 khi III 222
kita I 65
tija VI 259, tija VIII 295, bundi I 97, si IV 246 tija I 45
pakka I 10
kh I 17, khy I 17
laja VIII 295 mi IV 245
218
219
paggharae = trickling; oozing; dripping || gotear; chorrear; escurrir; exudar. pajana-kanti-asana-khdana-gatsu = trembling (calana); liking (abhiruci); eating (bhattaparibhoga); chewing (pvdibhakkhana) and going (gamana) || temblar, vibrar; agradar; comer (disfrutar la comida); masticar e ir. pajjane = being; existing || ser; existir. pahe = questioning || interrogar, preguntado, inquirir. paighte = striking || golpear; pegar; chocar.
sica II 213, sda I 93
v I 170
upa VIII 326 puccha I 39 khoda I 91, ghua I 54, thaka rua I 54, lua I 54, luha I 57
VIII
281,
paighte gatiya ca = striking dhaka I 12 (paihanana) and going || golpear; pegar; chocar e ir. paie = promising; acknowledging; admitting || prometer; reconocer; admitir. paidna-dnesu = restitution, restoration; taking; seizing || restitucin, devolucin y tomar, asir. paibaddhe = depending; tied or bound to || depender; ligado. paibaddhe = to be stiff || estar rgido, duro, inflexible. mua I 61
me I 130
khabhi I 127 thabhi I 127
219
220
paisajjane = forming; making || formar; hacer; producir. paiharae = bringing back || traer; devolver. patih-nissaya-gandhesu = footing; supporting and smell || base (lugar donde pararse); apoyar; sostener y olor. patihya = supporting; footing || apoyar; soportar; mantener; sostener. patitthambhe = supporting || apoyar; soportar; mantener; sostener; base; apoyo.
ajja VIII 295 pesa VIII 345 gdha I 108
tala VIII 341, mla I 164 bila I 162
patiyatane = making effort yata I 65, raca VIII 292 (vymakaraa) || esforzar(se) (lit. hacer esfuerzo). pattiya = reaching; attaining (ppana) || alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar. padavikkhepe = walking (padas gamana) || caminar (lit. ir con el pie). padhniye paribhsana-hisdnesu ca = striving; abusing; blaming; hurting and taking; seizing || esforzar(se); denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar; daar; herir; lastimar y tomar. paprae = filling || llenar; completar. pamaddane = crushing; overcoming || aplastar; triturar; superar; vencer. bh VIII 328 kamu I 131 varaha I 196, valaha I 196
duha I 197 mua I 54
220
221
pamde = neglecting || desatender, descuidar. payatane = striving || esforzar(se). paramissariye = supremacy || supremaca; superioridad. parikatthane = boasting || ostentar. parikjane = roaring (gajjana) || rugir, bramar. parighte = killing; injuring all around (samantato hanana) || matar; daar o lastimar todo alrededor. paritakkane = reflecting; considering || pensar; reflexionar; considerar. paritpe = tormenting || atormentar. paridevane = lamenting || lamentar. paribbhamane = turning round and round; rotating || dar vueltas; voltear; girar; rodar. paribrhane = increasing; growing (vahana) || aumentar; crecer; incrementar.
yucha I 39 jehu I 196, yasu III 239, yesu I 181, vhu I 196, vehu I 196 idi I 87 caha VIII 349 divu VIII 344 khadi I 105
jusa VIII 348 du III 226 kalidi I 91 cigula VIII 344
thla VIII 344
paribhsana-tajjanesu = abusing; jajjha I 50 blaming; censuring and threatening, menacing || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar y amenazar.
221
222
paribhsana-vajjanesu = abusing; blaming; censuring and avoiding || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar y evitar; abstener(se) de. paribhsana-hisdnesu = abusing; blaming; censuring; hurting and taking; seizing || denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar; daar; herir; lastimar y tomar.
cacca I 30, jacca I 30
bhala I 166, bhalla I 166
paribhsane = abusing; blaming; caa I 54, dea I 54, bhaa I 54, bhai I 58, censuring || denostar; reprochar; criticar; raha I 56, saa I 52 censurar. paribhoge = enjoying || disfrutar; gozar de. parime = measuring || medir. pariyyanabhve = going round || dar vueltas; ir alrededor. pariyesane = searching; seeking || buscar. parivattane = turning or rolling round || dar vueltas; voltear; girar; rodar; rotar. parivehane = wrapping; covering || envolver; cubrir. vaaji I 49 nikka VIII 283, m V 253, m VII 265 potha I 74 isa I 190 ghua I 54 gudha III 232
parivesane = attending; feeding || asistir, yama I 133 servir; alimentado, dar de comer. parisakkane = endeavoring; trying || esforzar(se); empear(se); intentar. caha I 195
222
223
parisahane = patience (khanti) || paciencia. parissage = embracing (ligana) || abrazar. parihniya = loss; decrease || prdida; disminucin; reduccin. parihse = laughing || rer; sonrer. palambhane = deceiving; cheating (upalpana) || engaar; defraudar. pavattiya = existing; happening || existir; ocurrir; suceder, acontecer. pavane = cleansing (sodhana) || limpiar; purificar. pavesane = entering || entrar. pasajjakarae = doing in a certain way (pakrena sajjanakriy) || hacer de una cierta manera.
saha I 197, saha VIII 350 saja I 45 na VIII 321, h III 240 pai VIII 298 vacu VIII 292 bye I 139 p I 118, p V 252 visa I 189 hu I 191
pasava-kiledanesu = flowing (sandana) udi II 215 and wetness; moistness (tintat) || fluir y humedad. pasavane = flowing (sandana, avicchedappavatti) || fluir, correr. pasavane = flowing; passing urine || fluir, correr; orinar. sanda I 95 mutta VIII 309
223
224
pasave = growing; bringing forth; producing (janana) || crecer; aumentar; producir; generar; procrear. pasde = clearness; brightness || claridad; luminosidad. pahasane = laughing || rer; sonrer. pahre = striking; hitting || golpear; pegar. pahsane = laughing || rer; sonrer. pke = cooking || cocinar; cocer. pgabbiye = boldness; impudence (kya-vc-manehi pagabbabhvo) || audacia, osada, atrevimiento; impudencia (con respecto a las acciones del cuerpo, lenguaje y mente). pagabbhavimocane(su) = releasing the child from the womb; giving birth || dar a luz. pacge = abandonment of life; dying || abandono de la vida; morir. padhrae = keeping the life || mantener la vida. pane = breathing (sasana) || respirar; existir. pippasave = giving birth || dar a luz.
pusa I 173, s I 172
thuca I 33 sadhu VIII 320 putha VIII 311, sumbha II 217 masa VIII 348 paca I 34, bhaja I 47, randha VIII 319, s I 171, s V 255, se I 172 vusa IV 246
s I 172
mara I 157 jva I 170 ana I 115, bala I 167, sasa I 185 s III 238
224
225
ptubhve = manifesting || manifestar(se); aparecer. pne = drinking || beber. ppakarae = doing evil || hacer el mal. ppane = reaching; leading || alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar; guiar; conducir; llevar. ppue = reaching || alcanzar; realizar; llegar, arribar. plana-praesu = protecting and filling || proteger, cuidar y llenar; completar.
jan III 233 cusa I 173, dhe I 107, p I 117 agha VIII 290 n I 112
apa IV 245, appa sambhu IV 245 para I 154
VII
265, vaha
197,
plan-abyavaharaesu = protecting bhuja II 213 (rakkhaa) and swallowing (ajjhoharaa) || proteger, cuidar y tragar, ingerir. plane = protecting (rakkhaa) || proteger; cuidar. pipsya = thirst || sed. pane = gladdening; satisfying || alegrar; regocijar; satisfacer. ptikkhaye = loss of joy || prdida de la alegra. ptiya = joy || alegra; regocijo. ptiya-kanesu = joyfulness (ptassa bhvo) and playing; sporting (k) alegra; regocijo y jugar. ||
225
ava I 170, taggha I 29, t III 225, te I 62, 209, de I 83, 209, rakkha I 22 ucha I 39, tasa III 239, tasa VI 258 tapa III 235, tapa VIII 327, pa I 61 gile I 166 p IV 245, siniha III 241 kila I 168
226
pti-sevanesu = joy and associating || alegra; regocijo y asociar(se). pucchya = questioning || interrogar, preguntado, inquirir. puthakammani = separating (puthakkaraa, visukriy) || separar, dividir.
jusi I 190, jusi VI 258 paha I 194 bhja VIII 295
pj-nismanesu = venerating, honoring cyu I 144 (pjan) and looking; hearing (olokana, savana) || venerar; honrar y mirar; or. pjya = venerating; honoring || venerar; honrar. pjya pemane vmasya = venerating; honoring; loving and investigating || venerar, honrar; amar, querer e investigar. prae = filling || llenar; completar. acca I 30, acca VIII 293, araha I 196, araha VIII 349, pja VIII 294, maha I 196, maha VIII 349, yakkha VIII 284 mna VIII 321
ubbha I 129, ubha I 129, umbha I 129, ta VIII 302, pabba I 124, p I 118, pubba I 124, pra I 146, sabba I 124 disa I 176 ila VIII 343, khipa I 121, khipa III 235, khepa VIII 327, cua VIII 302, jua VIII 350, nuda I 105, su I 172 cia I 53, pisa VIII 348, lbha VIII 330 sca VIII 293
pekkhane = seeing || ver; mirar. perae = crushing; grinding (cuikaraa, pisana) || aplastar; moler; triturar. pesane = sending || enviar; mandar. pesue = slandering; backbiting (pisuabhva) || difamar; calumniar (cualidad de aquello que crea divisin).
226
227
posane = nourishing || nutrir; alimentar. plavana-taraesu = floating and crossing || flotar y cruzar, atravesar. plutagatiya = going jumping (pariplutagamana) || ir a saltos.
pusa I 174, pusa bhara I 158 tara I 150 devu I 171
256, pusa
VIII
345,
pharae = pervading; spreading; going phara I 156 (bypana, gamana) || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir; expandir; extender; ir. phrusse = roughness; harshness (pharusabhva) || dureza, aspereza. baddhya = bondage; attachment (vinibaddha) || esclavitud; apego. bandhane = binding || atadura; ligazn; ligar; atar. rukkha VIII 285 nisa I 190 ati I 64, 209, adi I 86, 209, kaca I 33, jua I 201, taki VIII 283, naha III 240, pasa VIII 346, badha VIII 320, bandha I 109, mubbi I 124, m I 130, m V 254, sayuja VIII 295, satha VIII 311, si IV 246, si V 255 kila I 163, ka VIII 297 sha I 56
bandhe = binding (bandhana) || ligar; atar. balakkre = violence; application of force; overpowering the weak by ones own power at will (attano balena yathjjhsaya dubbalassa abhibhavana) || violencia, uso de fuerza; subyugar al dbil por medio del propio poder a voluntad.
227
228
balane hisya ca = ability (balanakriy) and hurting || habilidad; capacidad y herir; daar; lastimar. bala-panesu = force, strength and breathing || fuerza; poder y respirar. bahutte sadde = loud sound (uggatasadda) || sonido fuerte. bdhana-phassanesu = afflicting and touching; contacting || afligir; afectar y tocar. bdhane = hindering; afflicting || obstruir, obstaculizar; afectar, afligir. blye paribhsane ca = childhood and abusing; blaming; censuring || niez; infancia y denostar; reprochar; criticar; censurar. bjanikkhepe = sowing || sembrar. buddhiya = knowing || conocer; comprender. bodhane = knowing || conocer; comprender. bodhane = knowing (jnana); opening up (vikasana) and awakening (niddakkhaya) || conocer; comprender; abrir(se) y despertar. byattya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado.
tuji I 44
tujja VIII 294, pisa VIII 345 nama I 132 pasa I 184
kilisa I 179 laa I 52
vapa I 121 esa I 179, pusa I 173 budha I 110, manu VII 263 budha III 230
bhsa I 179
228
229
byattikarae = making manifest, clear or paca I 33 distinct || hacer manifiesto. byatti-sakhtesu = pervading and telling || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir y decir; anunciar. byathane = hurting (his) || daar; lastimar; herir. byathane majjane ca = hurting and purity (suddhi) || daar; lastimar; herir y pureza. byayagatiya = going to loss or destruction or ruin (vinsagati) || ir hacia destruccin, prdida o ruina. byavahre = trading; exchanging; doing business || comerciar; intercambiar. byavahre thutiya ca = trading; exchanging; doing business and praising || comerciar; intercambiar y elogiar; alabar. byjikarae = deceiving (byjikriy) || engaar. bypane = pervading || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir. brhane = developing; increasing (vahana) || aumentar; crecer; incrementar. bhakkhae = eating || comer. akkha I 22
kajja I 43, cakka VIII 282, cukka VIII 282, tuda I 105 khajja I 43
aca I 34
paa VIII 305 paa I 61
byca I 31 asu IV 246, pa IV 245, skha I 22 jra I 146
khda I 83, khea VIII 297, casa I 184

229
230
bhakkhae hasane ca = eating and laughing || comer y rer; sonrer. bhage = breaking up; dissolution || disolucin; cesacin. bhajjane = heating; frying; roasting (tpakaraa) || calentar; producir calor; frer; asar. bhaane = telling; expounding || decir; anunciar; exponer.
jakkha I 23 ruja I 48 bhaji I 44
bhaa I 60
bhattiya = devoting; serving || dedicar; bhaa I 53 servir. bhaya-calanesu = fearing and trembling; vij I 48, vij III 224 moving || temer y temblar; sacudir; vibrar; mover. bhaye = fearing || temer. bharae = bearing; supporting || apoyar; soportar; mantener; sostener; cargar. bhasmkarae dhrae ca = burning and holding; bearing || quemar; hacer cenizas y sostener; soportar; mantener. bhassana-dittsu = speaking (vacana) and shining; to be beautiful (sobh) || hablar, decir y brillar; belleza; esplendor. bhassane = barking (sunakha-bhassana) || ladrar. dabh VIII 330, dara bh I 125 rosa I 184
I
151, bhisi
183,
bhui I 58, vala VIII 343 daha I 195
bhassa I 189
bukka I 11, bukka VIII 283
230
231
bhassane = scolding; frightening || reprender; asustar; atemorizar. bhassane = talking; conversing (kathana) || hablar; conversar. bhjana-dnesu = dividing; distributing and giving || dividir; distribuir y dar. bhsane = saying; speaking (udraa) || hablar; decir; pronunciar. bhsya = speaking || hablar.
tajja I 44 bhassa III 239, laja I 44, lja I 44, bhassa I 174 bhja VIII 296 juta I 66, yuta I 66, laghi VIII 290, vakka VIII 282, vaca VIII 293, sakka VIII 282 kupa VIII 327, kusi VIII 347, gupa VIII 327, ghaa VIII 297, ghai VIII 297, civa VIII 345, takka VIII 283, tuji VIII 295, tusi VIII 347, dasi VIII 347, dhpa VIII 327, nada VIII 313, paa VIII 297, piji VIII 295, pisi VIII 347, pua VIII 297, putha VIII 311, bhaji VIII 295, bha VIII 302, luji VIII 295, lua VIII 297, loka VIII 283, loca VIII 292, vatu VIII 309, vada VIII 314, vaddha VIII 320, viccha VIII 294 bhidi III 226 asa I 185 ala I 162 mai VIII 299
bhijjane = breaking itself || romper(se). bhuvi = being; existing || ser; existir. bhsane = ornamenting; decorating || ornamentar; decorar; adornar. bhsya hasane ca = ornamenting; decorating and laughing || ornamentar; decorar y rer; sonrer. bhede = breaking; dividing || romper; dividir. bhojane = eating || comer.
khaa VIII 350, phala I 164 asa V 255, vabbha I 127

231
232
makkhane = smearing; anointing || untar; manchar; ungir. maggana-sakhresu = searching and forming; making || buscar y formar; hacer. maggane = searching; seeking || buscar; rastrear. majjane = rubbing || frotar. maanya = imagining; regarding || considerar; imaginar. maane = adorning; decorating (bhsana) || ornamentar; decorar; adornar. maale = roundness (parimaalat) || redondez. made = intoxicating || intoxicar. made kakkasse ca = intoxicating and roughness; harshness (kakkasiya, pharusabhvo) || intoxicar (locura) y dureza, aspereza. maddana-saddesu = crushing and making sound || aplastar; triturar y producir sonido. maddane = crushing || aplastar; triturar. manthe = stirring (viloana) || revolver; menear; batir.
makkha VIII 284 vaja VIII 295
gavesa VIII 347 mai I 58 cine I 117 maki I 16
sabi VIII 328 khivu I 170, gai I 59 kaa I 200
gaja VIII 295
kici VIII 291, madda I 95 khaja I 43, khai I 59
232
233
mandagatiya = going slowly || ir lentamente. mamyane = taking It is mine by attachment or wrong view || hacer mo (tomar esto es mo) con apego o concepcin errnea. mahatte = greatness || grandeza. mne = selfishness, pride (ahakra) || egosmo; arrogancia (lit. hacer yo). mne = honoring; liking || venerar, honrar y agradar. mne = measuring || medir.
cupa I 120 kele I 166
pula I 168 gabba VIII 328 mhu I 197 suppa VIII 326
mne sadde ca = honoring; liking and m I 130 making sound || venerar, honrar; agradar y producir sonido. mpane = building; constructing || construir, edificar. mraa-tosana-nisnesu = killing; pleasure; joy and sharpening || matar; complacer; satisfacer; agradar y afilar; aguzar. missane gatiya ca = mixing and going || mezclar e ir. muccane = being freed || estar libre, ser liberado. mpa VIII 327 I 51
yu I 138 mokkha I 21
233
234
muiypanayana-niyama-bbatdesesu = shaving the head, initiating, restraining, practice and pointing out || rapar; iniciar, ordenar; limitar, restringir; prctica, deber y sealar, indicar. methune = coupling; sexual intercourse (mithunassa janadvayassa ida kamma) || cpula, unin sexual. medh-hissu = wisdom and hurting || sabidura y daar; lastimar; herir. mokkhe = to get released; to get freed || ser liberado. mocane = setting free; releasing || libertar, liberar, poner en libertad, soltar. moha-mucchsu = delusion and fainting || ignorancia; engao; ilusin y desmayo; desvanecimiento. ycandsu = begging, etc. || pedir; mendigar; molestia; perturbacin; dificultad; supremaca y deseo; esperanza. ycanya = begging || pedir; mendigar. ycane = begging || pedir; mendigar.
dikkha I 25
yabha I 126
mida I 97, meda I 97 muca III 223 muca II 213, sida I 95
muccha I 39
ndha I 109, 210
attha VIII 311, pattha VIII 311, yca I 34 dhanu III 231, bhikkha vithu I 73,
I
24, vata
67,
234
235
ycane = requesting (ajjhesana) || solicitar; pedir.
cada I 97
ycanpatp-issariysssu = begging; ntha I 71, 210 vexation, trouble; supremacy, domination and wish, hope, desire || pedir; mendigar; molestia; perturbacin; dificultad; supremaca y deseo; esperanza. ypane = continued existence (pavattana) || existencia continua (ininterrumpida). yuddhe = fighting (yujjhana) || luchar, pelear. yoge = connecting || conectar; ligar; unir. rakkhae = protecting || proteger; cuidar. rakkhae gatiya ca = protecting and going || proteger e ir. rakkhya = protecting || proteger; cuidar. rge = coloring; dyeing; liking || color(e)ar, teir; agradar. rbhasse = acting in excess (karauttariy) || actuar en exceso. rujya = paining; afflicting || doler; afligir. yapa VIII 327
jaja I 44, jaji I 44, sa-gma VIII 334 yuja II 213 khaji VIII 294, gupa I 120, jasi p I 118, pla VIII 340 naya I 142 gua I 201 ranja I 45, ranja III 224 rabha I 128 usa I 173, sai I 58, sla I 164
VIII
345,
235
236
ruj-visaraa-gatyvasnesu = paining, afflicting, oppressing (p); spreading; pervading (vippharaa) and end of going; standing (gatiy avasna osna abhvakaraa) || doler, afligir, oprimir; extender, difundir, propagar, penetrar, esparcir y fin del movimiento, pararse, estar parado. ruppane = changing (kuppana); striking (ghaana); oppressing (pana) || cambiar; golpear; oprimir, subyugar, someter. rpakriyya = making manifest (paksanakriy) || hacer manifiesto. roge = aging (jararoga) || envejecer. roge = ailing; illness || enfermedad; dolencia.
saa I 52
rpa III 233
rpa VIII 323 jara I 150 ama VIII 333
rocane = liking (ruci) || agradar, deleitar. ruca III 222 rosane = making angry (kopakaraa) || enojar; irritar. rohane = rising; growing || levantar(se), subir; crecer. lakkhae = marking (saa) || marca, seal. laghane = jumping; hopping || saltar, brincar. lajjane = becoming shameful; being ashamed || estar avergonzado. rusa VIII 346 mla VIII 342 aki I 16, aki VIII 281 lagha VIII 290 lajja I 49
236
237
lajjya = being ashamed || estar avergonzado. lajjya codane ca = shame and inciting; rousing || vergenza e incitar, instigar; provocar. lambane = hanging || colgar. lavana-pavanesu = cutting (chedana) and cleansing; cleaning (sodhana) || cortar y limpiar; purificar. lbhe = gaining; acquiring || obtener; adquirir; ganar. limpane = smearing; staining || untar; ensuciar; manchar. lekhane = writing || escribir. loliye = unsteadiness; fickleness (lolabhva) || inestabilidad; inconstancia; volubilidad. vase = lineage || linaje. vacane gati-kampanesu ca = saying; going and trembling || decir; ir y temblar; vibrar.
hare I 154 viria III 241
pu VIII 327 pala VIII 344, mla VIII 344
labha I 129, vida vidi I 105 lipa II 216 likha I 23 kaka I 16
II
215, vida
VIII
312,
gottha I 74 ra I 154
vaa-gatsu = color and going || color e soa I 60 ir. vajiranibbese = thundering || tronar, sonido de tormenta. buja I 43
237
238
vajjane = avoiding || evitar; abstener(se) de. vahane = growing; increasing || crecer; aumentar. vaa-kriy-vitthra-gua-vacanesu = praising (pasas), doing (karaa), extending (vitthinnat), quality of morality, etc. (sldidhamma) and speaking (vc) || elogiar, alabar; hacer; extender, expandir; cualidad de la moralidad, etc. y hablar. vae = color || color. vae = white color (setavaa) || color blanco. vattane = being; existing || ser; existir. vadanasayoge = kissing || besar (lit. unin de caras). vadanekadese = a part of the mouth; action of the mouth || parte de la boca; accin de la boca. vaddhane = growing; increasing || crecer; aumentar, incrementar. vandannatiya = bowing down (vandansakhta namana) || hacer reverencia inclinar(se). vamane = vomiting || vomitar; expeler. vayohnimhi = aging || envejecer.
jugi I 28, yugi I 28, vajja VIII 294 brha I 198, vaha I 59 vaa VIII 299
kava I 170, nla I 163 sita I 67 vatu I 67 cubi I 123 gai I 58
vaddha I 109 namassa I 172
chadda VIII 312 jara VIII 336

238
239
varae = restraining (savaraa) || controlar; restringir; contener. vasane = living || residir, habitar, vivir. vasane = to clothe || arropar, vestir. vass-varaesu = raining and covering; obstructing || llover y cubrir; obstruir. vkyapabandhe = connecting sentences; composition || conectar o relacionar oraciones; composicin. vrae = obstructing; hindering (nivraa) || obstruir; obstaculizar. vikasana-bhedesu = blooming; opening; expanding and breaking; dividing || florecer; abrir(se); expandir(se) y romper; dividir. vikasane = blooming; opening; expanding || expandir(se); florecer; abrir(se). vikirae vidhunane ca = scattering and shaking || esparcir, diseminar, desparramar, dispersar y temblar; sacudir. vikkantiya = exerting; striving (vikkamana) || esforzar(se). vikhyne = to be manifest || manifestacin.
rukkha I 23, vakkha I 23, vara I 154 ri III 238 cila I 169 kaa I 52 katha VIII 311
tsa VIII 347 phulla I 165
puppha I 122, phua I 54
phua I 62
vra VIII 336, sra VIII 336 paha I 57
239
240
vijjopdne = acquiring knowledge; learning || adquirir conocimiento; aprender, estudiar.
sikkha I 24
vijjhane = piercing || perforar; atravesar; raji I 48, vidha III 231 penetrar. vitakke = thinking; reflecting || pensar; reflexionar. ha I 197, takka VIII 281, sama VIII 333
vitakke vidhimhi chedane ca = thinking, kappa VIII 323 doing and cutting || pensar; reflexionar; hacer y cortar. vittiyoge = happiness || felicidad. vitthre = spreading; enlarging || extender; expandir; agrandar; ampliar. mada VIII 312 tanu VII 261, paci puthu I 74
VIII
292, pasa
183,
vidrae = rending; splitting || hende(i)r, dala VIII 343, dara I 158, bhidhi II 214 partir; rajar; rasgar. viddhasane = demolishing; destroying || demoler; destruir. vidhimhi = doing (kriy) || hacer; accin; acto. vidhnane = trembling; shaking || temblar; sacudir. vinse = destruction; ruin; loss || destruccin; prdida; ruina. vinindane = reproaching || reprochar, criticar; censurar. vippayoge = separation || separacin. vambha VIII 330 kappa VIII 323 khamya I 144, dh I 107 luja III 225 garaha VIII 350 visa V 256
240
241
vibdhane = hindering; obstructing || obstruir, obstaculizar; afectar. vibdhya = oppressing; harming || oprimir; obstruir; daar, lastimar. vibhajane = dividing; separating || dividir; separar. vibhjane = dividing || dividir; separar. vibhede = dividing || dividir. viyattiya vcya = articulate speech || lenguaje articulado. viyojana-sampajjanesu = separating and succeeding || separar y tener xito; lograr. vimohane = delusion || ignorancia; engao; ilusin. vimhpane = making others astonished; pretending || asombrar; sorprender; aparentar; fingir; engaar. virecane = purging || purgar. vilsane = to be graceful || encantar, embelesar, atraer, cautivar. vilse = charm; grace; dallying || encanto; gracia; belleza; coquetera, coquetear.
kilisa V 255 eha I 57, heha I 57 vaa VIII 297 vai I 54 cua 297
VIII
297, pua
VIII
297, phua
VIII
gada I 84, cakkha I 26, cikkha I 26, paha I 56, br I 145, lapa VIII 323, vaca I 31, vada I 97, saca I 33 rica VIII 293
lubha I 129 kuha VIII 350
rica II 213 vala I 169 laa I 200
241
242
vilimpane = anointing; smearing || ungir; untar; manchar. vilnabhve = dissolution || disolucin; destruccin. vilekhane = scratching || rayar; escribir. vilohane = hurting || herir; lastimar; matar. viloane = stirring || revolver; menear; batir. visaddane = shouting (ugghosana) || gritar; vocear.
opuji I 49 vil III 238 kasa I 173, phla I 167, rada I 84 matha I 74, lua I 53 ghu I 197, bdha mantha I 71 ghusi VIII 346
I
108, mattha
71,
sda I 95 visaraa-gatyvasnesu = pervading; spreading (vippharaa) and sitting down (nisdana) || difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir; expandir; extender y sentar(se), estar sentado. visarae = splitting; bursting; spreading; dala I 162, da I 200, dha I 200, phala I pervading || partir; separar; rajar; 162, phucha I 39, phua I 54, abrir(se); romper(se); extender; difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir. visarae duggandhe ca = spreading (vippharaa) and bad smell || extender; difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir y mal olor. visesane = distinguishing || distinguir; calificar; especificar. py I 143
acu VIII 292
242
243
vissagga-parissajjan-abbhukkiraesu = relinquishing, abandoning; embracing and sprinkling || abandonar, renunciar; abrazar y rociar, asperjar. vissse = confidence; trusting || confiar. vihyasagatiya gamanamatte ca = flying and mere going || ir por el aire (volar) y mero ir. vihre = sporting || jugar; recrear(se). vmasya = investigating || investigar. vuddhiya = increasing; growing || crecer; aumentar.
saja VIII 292, I 48
bhaja VIII 295, sambha I 129 i I 57
ka I 200 mna I 113 idha III 231, dahi I 196, pyi I 144, pe I 120, phyi I 144, bahi I 196, maha I 196, vaha I 196
vuddhiya lbhe ca = increasing, edha I 108 growing and gaining, acquiring || crecer; aumentar y adquirir; ganar; obtener. vuddhiya sadde ca = increasing; growing and making sound || crecer; aumentar y producir sonido. vuddhiya sghatte ca = increasing; growing and quickness || crecer; aumentar y rapidez. vekkhane = observing; looking; investigating || observar; investigar; considerar. vecitte = mental confusion || confusin. bahi I 196
dakkha I 25
vekkha I 22
muha III 240

243
244
vehane = wrapping; enveloping || envolver; cubrir.
he I 55, mai I 58, vai I 58, veha I 57, hea I 201
vedhane = piercing || perforar; atravesar; kui VIII 299, vaa I 52 penetrar. velambe = hanging down (vilambabhva) || colgar. sakilesane = afflicting; defiling; smearing || afligir; afectar; ensuciar; manchar; contaminar. sakilese = defiling; inflicting || ensuciar; manchar; contaminar; infligir. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. kadi I 95, ala I 167, ula I 167, thama 133, sama I 133 pua I 54
I
luha I 57 ghaa I 53, jaa I 53
kuca I 30 sapaccana-koilla-paikkamavilekhanesu = uniting; crookedness; going back and scratching; writing || unir; deshonestidad; regresar; retroceder y rayar; escribir. sapke = cooking well || cocinar bien; cocer. sayamane = restraining; abstaining || controlar; restringir; contener; abstener(se). sayame = restraining || controlar; restringir; contener. sardhane = accomplishing || lograr; terminar, consumar; realizar. paca I 34 pacca VIII 293, yuja VIII 295
vadha VIII 319 sidhu III 231
244
245
savarae = restraining; protecting (rakkhaa) || controlar; restringir; contener; proteger. savehane = surrounding; wrapping; enveloping || envolver; cubrir; circundar. sasagge = uniting (ekatokaraa) || unir. sasandane = discussing || discutir. sasiddhiya = succeeding; accomplishing || tener xito; lograr; consiguir; consumar; realizar. sasuddhiya = purity || pureza; purificacin.
khaa VIII 297, guh I 197, chada VIII 312, dvara I 150, taca I 30, thaga I 28, bua I 201, bye I 139, vu IV 246, sua I 201 mura I 156
muda VIII 313, yua VIII 297 kitta VIII 308 rdha III 231, rdha IV 245, sdha III 231, sdha IV 245 majja I 47
saharise = binding (vinibaddhakriy) || baddha I 108 ligar; atar. saharise = knocking against; colliding (saghaana) || golpear contra; chocar. sakya = doubting || dudar. sakocane = contracting; distorting || contraer (reducir); encoger; torcer; deformar. sakhate = making || hacer, construir, crear. ghasu I 174 ragi I 28, reka I 16, saki I 16 kuca I 31, kua yanta VIII 308 makkha I 22
VIII
302, cua
VIII
302,
245
246
sakhne bandhumhi ca = calculating kula I 168 and relative; relation || contar; calcular y pariente, familiar; relacin. sakhra-gatsu = forming; making and going || formar, hacer e ir. sakhyne = calculating || contar; calcular. sage = attachment; clinging (lagana) || apego, adhesin. saha VIII 298 kala I 166, gaa VIII 303 saja III 224, sanja I 44
sage sakya = attachment; clinging laga I 28 and doubting || apego, adhesin y dudar. saghte = accumulating; collecting || acumular; juntar; agregar. asa VIII 348, ghaa VIII 296, apa VIII 326, ipa VIII 326, pai VIII 299, pii I 58, pua VIII 302, pua I 201, pula I 164, muttha VIII 311, siloka I 16, siloa I 61, soa I 61, hui I 58 ghaa VIII 297
saghe hantyatthe ca = accumulating; collecting and striking; killing || acumular; juntar; agregar y golpear, pegar; matar. sajjane = clinging; attachment; making; preparing || apego, adhesin; hacer; preparar. sacalane = agitating || agitar; sacudir; vibrar.
misa 343
VIII
348, sajja
VIII
295, sulla
VIII
khubha I 129, khubha III 236
246
247
sacale pharae ca = trembling, shaking and pervading; spreading || temblar; sacudir y difundir; propagar; penetrar; esparcir; extender. sacinane = accumulating || acumular. sacuane = grinding; crushing || moler; aplastar; triturar. sacetane = urging || incitar, instigar. sacodane attiya ca = accusing and ordering; commanding || acusar y ordenar, mandar. sae = making a mark (cihana, lakkhaakaraa) || marca, seal; marcar. sattya = being; existing (vijjamnkra) || ser; existir; estar. sattibandhane = enabling (samatthatkaraa) || hacer capaz, posible; capacitar. sattiya = ability (samatthabhva) || habilidad; capacidad. satthe magalye ca = instructing, teaching (ssana) and destroying evil (ppavinsana), cause of growth (vuddhikraa) || instruir, ensear y destruir el mal, causa para el crecimiento. saddakucchya = coughing || toser.
phula I 169
khala I 165 mua VIII 296 cita VIII 307 cuda VIII 312
cit I 63 bh I 202, vida III 227, h I 191, 202 vassu VIII 346
saka VII 262, saha III 240, suha III 240 sidhu I 108
ksa I 181
247
248
saddakucchiya = belly sound; flatulence || sonido del vientre; flatulencia.
sadhu I 109
sadd-aggisayogesu = making sound dhama I 132 and starting a fire by blowing || producir sonido y encender un fuego soplar. saddatthe = making sound || producir sonido. saddane = making a noise || producir un ruido. sadda-sakhtesu = making sound and telling || producir sonido y decir; anunciar. sadda-sagh(t)esu = making sound and accumulating; collecting || producir sonido y acumular; juntar; agregar. sadd-usshesu = making sound (rava) and striving (vyama) || producir sonido y esforzar(se). kuji I 44, gaja I 44, gajja I 44, muji I 44 sadda VIII 313 he I 55
the I 68, 209, dhe I 209, pia I 53
deka I 16, dheka I 16
248
249
sadde = making sound || producir sonido.
aa I 59, abi I 124, abhi I 127, u I 12, 209, kaa I 59, kanuy I 144, ku I 10, 209, ke I 10, 208, khu I 19, 209, gadda I 86, gu I 28, 209, ge I 26, 208, ge IV 245, ghu I 29, 209, ghusa I 172, ghusa VIII 349, jana I 113, tusa I 175, thana I 112, dabi I 124, dabhi I 127, debha I 127, dhana I 112, dhana VIII 321, dhisa I 189, nadda I 86, nsu I 182, pana I 112, bhaa I 59, maa I 59, raa I 59, rasa I 175, rsu I 182, ru I 145, 209, re 145, I208, vaa I 59, vasa III 239, via I 53, sama I 133, suna I 113, hasa I 175, hisa I 175 kura I 156
sadde akkose ca = making sound and insulting; abusing || producir sonido e insultar; agraviar. sadde tre = very high sound (accuccasadda) || sonido muy fuerte.
kuca I 30
sadde rose ca = making sound and anger masa I 176, misa I 176 || producir sonido y enojo; ira. saddopakarae = component of a sound; kua I 61 making sound || componente (parte) de un sonido; producir sonido. saddopatpesu = making sound and tormenting || producir sonido y atormentar. santajjane = frightening; menacing || asustar; atemorizar; amenazar. tanu VIII 322, sara I 149
tajja VIII 295, tassa VIII 346
249
250
santnakriyya = doing uninterruptedly (pabandhakriy, avicchedakaraa) || hacer, realizar ininterrumpidamente. santna-planesu = continuity and protecting || continuidad y proteger; cuidar. santne = expanding; continuing || continuar, continuidad; expandir. santpe = heating || calentar; producir calor. santhambhe = supporting || apoyar; sostener; soportar. santharae = spreading; covering || extender; expandir; cubrir. sandpana-kilesana-jvanesu = shining, defiling and living || brillar; ensuciar; manchar; contaminar; vivir; existir. sandpane = shining; showing clearly || brillar; exponer, mostrar claramente. sandhimhi = connecting; uniting || conectar; ligar; unir. samavye = combination; coming together || combinacin; juntar(se), reunir(se).
satta VIII 309
tyu I 144
ri I 145, vapa I 120 tapa I 122, tapa III 235, dhpa I 122 gantha VIII 311, dbha VIII 311 thara I 158 dhikkha I 23, dhukkha I 23
VIII
330, santha
d VIII 314 sa-dh III 231 uca III 223, sapa I 120
250
251
samdhimhi = putting together; unification of mind (samdhna, cittekaggat) || unificacin de la mente; concentracin. samdhimhi = putting correctly; coordinating || colocar correctamente; coordinar. samiddhiya = success; prosperity || xito; prosperidad.
nisa I 176, yuja III 224
sla I 163
nanda I 90
cadi I 90 samiddhiya hildane dittiya ca = success, prosperity; flirting and splendor, beauty; shining || xito; prosperidad; flirtear; coquetear y brillar; esplendor; belleza. samussaye = height (roha, ubbedho) || altura; elevacin. sampahre = striking; fighting || golpear; pegar; luchar; pelear. samphasse = touching; contacting || tocar. sambandhe = connecting; binding tight (dahabandhana) || conectar; ligar. sambhattiya = serving || servir. sambhame = instability (anavahna) || inestabilidad. sammisse = mixing || mezclar. sayane = sleeping || dormir. thpa VIII 326 yudha I 110, yudha III 231 phusa I 189 nakkha 328
VIII
284, you
52, samba
VIII
vana I 113, sana I 113 tara I 150 missa VIII 348 supa I 121
251
252
saye = lying; sleeping || dormir; acostarse. savane = flowing (sandana) || fluir, correr. savane = hearing || or. sahane = enduring || soportar; aguantar; tolerar. staccagamane = going constantly (nirantaragamana) || ir continuamente. stacce = continuity (satatabhva) || continuidad. sdane = enjoying || disfrutar; gozar de. smatthiye = ability (samatthabhva) || habilidad; capacidad. sinehana-ched-vaharaesu = sticking; cutting and stealing (corikya gahaa) || aglutinar, pegar; cortar y robar, hurtar. sinehane = joy (pti) || alegra; regocijo. sinehane = sticking || aglutinar, pegar.
s I 172 su I 172 kaa VIII 304, su IV 241 khamu I 133 ata I 64 kanda VIII 313 sada I 95 om I 131, kapu I 120, rgha I 29, lgha I 29, saka IV 244 vasa VIII 347
mida VIII 312 tila I 169, tila VIII 340, mida III 228, mila I 169, rasa VIII 348, vasa I 179, sineha VIII 349 pusa V 256
sineha-savana-praesu = oil, sticking; hearing and filling || aceite, aglutinar, pegar; or, escuchar y llenar; completar. silghya = praising (pasas) || elogiar; alabar.
kattha I 73, thoma VIII 298, haa I 200
VIII
311, 332, saha

252
253
silesana-kanesu = adhering and playing; sporting || adherir, pegar y jugar; recrear(se). silesane = adhering || adherir; pegar. silese = adhering; sticking || adherir; pegar. silyayoge = dancing (lsiya); playing a drama (nakanana) || danzar; representar un drama. stiye = coolness; calmness (stibhva) || frescura; tranquilidad, serenidad.
lasa I 175
silesa VIII 345 l V 254 lasa VIII 346
sidi I 91
sti-sevanesu = coolness and sabhja VIII 295 associating; serving || frescura y asociar; servir; asistir. sukhane = happiness || felicidad. sukhe abyattasadde ca = happiness and inarticulate sound || felicidad; bienestar; placer y sonido inarticulado. suttajanane = making a thread; spinning || hacer un hilo; hilar. suddhiya = purity || pureza; purificacin. supane = sleeping || dormir. susane = being dry || estar, estar seco, sequedad. pua I 201, mua I 201 hildi I 94
kati I 67 d III 226, niji I 47 d III 226 sasa I 185
253
254
scane addane = showing (paksana) and drowning (pariplut) || mostrar; indicar y flotar. secane = sprinkling; pouring || rociar, asperjar; vert(e)ir.
gandha VIII 319
ukkha I 23, kaa I 201, kevu I 171, khevu I 171, gara I 150, gilevu I 171, gevu I 171, ghara I 150, jisu I 174, nisu I 174, milevu I 171, misu I 174, miha I 195, mevu I 171, vassa I 174, visu I 174, seca I 33, sevu I 171 marisu I 174
secane sahane ca = sprinkling and enduring || rociar, asperjar; vertir y soportar, aguantar; tolerar. sehille = looseness; weakness (sihilabhva) || flojedad; laxitud; relajacin; debilidad. sethille = looseness; weakness || flojedad; laxitud; relajacin; debilidad. sevya = associating; serving || asociar(se); servir. seane = whistling || silbar. soke = grieving; sorrowing || lamentar; sentir pesar. soceyylakresu = purity and decorating; ornamenting || purificacin, pureza y decorar; ornamentar. soceyye = purifying; cleaning; purity (sucibhva) || pureza; purificacin; purificar; limpiar.
cilla I 165, satha I 73
kattara VIII 310 bhaja I 47, si I 171, si VI 259 sia VIII 350 kahi VIII 298, kuhi suca I 30 majja VIII 295
I
57, maha
57,
khala VIII 341, nh III 240, sudha III 231
254
255
sodhane = cleansing (pariyodpana) || limpiar; purificar; depurar.
d III 225, de I 82
sosanlamatthesu = making dry and to okha I 21, dkha I 21, dhkha I 21, rkha be able; to suffice; to adorn; to prevent || I 21, lkha I 21 secar y ser capaz, poder; ser suficiente; adornar; prevenir. sosane = making dry || secar. snehe = sticking (vassakhto sneho); liking (ptisneho) || aglutinar, pegar; agradar. svntane mantane = compromising; use of kind and friendly words (smappayoga) and calling (avhyana, pakkosana) || transigir, transar, concordar; emplear lenguaje cordial y amistoso y llamar, convocar. haraa-dittsu = carrying and shining || llevar; transportar y brillar. harae = existing; being (pavattana) || existir; ser. harite = being green; being fresh || estar verde; estar fresco. hasane = laughing (hsa) || rer; sonrer. hniya = decrease; loss || prdida; disminucin; reduccin. pe I 120, ve I 170, suhi I 57, suhi 298, susa III 240 mida I 94
VIII
sma VIII 334
kusu III 238 hara I 152 paa VIII 304 kakkha I 21, kakha I 23, jaggha I 29, taka I 11, hasa I 175 rasa I 175
255
256
hvakarae = flirting; dalliance (vilsakaraa) || flirtear; coquetear. hse = laughing (hasana); liking; satisfaction (tuhi) || rer; sonrer; agradar; satisfacer; satisfaccin. hisatthe = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
cua I 58, culla I 164, hila I 169 dapa III 235, muda I 92
ubbi I 123, kasa I 174, jasa I 174, jusa I 174, jhasa I 174, tubbi I 123, thaha I 198, thubbi I 123, daha I 198, disa I 174, dubbi I 123, dhubbi I 123, masa I 174, ysa I 174, vasa I 174, sisa I 174 -rabha I 128
his-karaa-vyamanesu = hurting; doing and striving || daar; lastimar; herir; hacer y esforzar(se). his-gati-dassanesu = hurting, going and seeing || daar; lastimar; herir; ir y ver. his-gatsu = hurting and going || daar; lastimar; herir e ir. his-gandhesu = hurting and smelling || daar; lastimar; herir y oler. his-takkalagandhesu = hurting and smell of resin || daar; lastimar; herir y olor de resina. hisndaresu = hurting and disrespect || daar; lastimar; herir y falta de respeto.
sa I 179
dakkha I 26, hana I 113 cat I 67 kapu I 120
tadi II 215
256
257
his-bala-dna-niketanesu = hurting; force, strength; giving and living (nivsa) || herir; daar; lastimar; fuerza; dar y residir; habitar; vivir. hisya = hurting || daar; lastimar; herir.
tuji VIII 294, piji VIII 294, saa VIII 297
adda VIII 314, katha I 73, kasa I 184, ktha VIII 311, ki IV 244, kivi IV 246, kutha I 73, khiu VII 263, khuu VII 263, ciri IV 246, jasa VIII 346, jiri IV 246, tacca I 30, tadda I 86, tika IV 246, tiga IV 246, tuja I 44, tupa I 120, tupha I 122, tubha I 129, dsa IV 246, dikkha IV 246, du IV 246, du V 249, nabha I 129, pua VIII 297, budhi VIII 319, bhabba I 123, mia I 61, m V 253, radha III 231, risa I 189, ruja VIII 295, rusa I 189 , lsa VIII 345, varaha VIII 349, v V 254, sagha IV 246, sabhu I 125, sambhu I 125, sasu I 176, su V 255, sutha I 73, hana III 233, hisa I 172, hikka VIII 283, hisi II 216, hisi VIII 347 sa-sa I 176
hisya thutiya ca = hurting and praising || daar; lastimar; herir y elogiar; alabar. hisya bhsane ca = hurting and saying; talking || daar; lastimar; herir y decir; hablar. hisya sagame ca = hurting and meeting; associating || daar; lastimar; herir y reunin; asociacin.
sumbha I 125
medha I 109
257
258
his-sakilesesu = hurting and defiling || daar; lastimar; herir y ensuciar; manchar; contaminar. his-sakilesesu ketave ca = hurting; defiling; inflicting and cheating; deceiving || daar; lastimar; herir y ensuciar; manchar; contaminar; infligir y fraude; engaar. hucchane = crookedness (koilla) || deshonestidad; cualidad de torcido.
kuthi I 71, piha I 56, puthi I 71, luthi I 71
saha I 56
dhra I 150
258
259
INDEX (NDICE)
asaacca accaaa ahianu-rudha anu-vi-dhama amaasa asa-bhuja -rabhaidha ilaja dukha ucaudi uddhasana yokha oakakha kakhikaha kaakatha kathakadda kanakappa kappakala kaladikassa kaakita kitakilota kivikuca kucakuca kuakui kuakupa kupakusa
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
kusiketa kelekhajja khaakhanu khandakhala khalakhi khijakhipa khipakhuda khudikhepa khelugai gaigantha gandhagaraha garahagidhu giragucu gujigua geghaa ghaaghiu ghughusa ghusacacca caccacadi capacaha cyucita citciva civucui cuacura cullachadi chadchua
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
chuajajjha jaajala jalajgara jijva jujua juajhasa jheika ulai itakka takkhataa taitapa tapatala tasatika tigatila tivatuji tujjatubbi tubhate thakathala thahathla thedakkha dakkhadabhi dabhdala daliddad ddsu dhudipha divudisa
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
disadu dudubbi dulade dekadvara dhakadhama dharadha dhubbidhe dhekanaa natanamu nayantha ndhanidi nidapin npakka pacapaa paapata patapara parap ppia pihapisi pisipu pucchapua putthapubba purapusa pusapra priphara
79 80 81 82 83 84 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
dhikkhadhukkha 85
259
260
phalaphua phuaphusa badabila biabudhi bundibyca byusabhaja bhajabhaa bhadibhassa bhassabhsa bhsubh bhmakkha makhamajja majjamattha mathamana manamarisu malamaha mahamhu mimile milechamiha mmua muamuda 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 mudam mlamevu mokkhayata yatayasu yyuja yujarakkha rakharadha ranjarasa rasardha rdharica risaruca rujarudhi rudhirosa rojalagha lajalabi labhal lkhaliha llui luilupa lubiloca locavagga 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 vakavacu vacuvaha vaavada vadavapa vapavaraha varahavasa vasavaha vaajiva vicchavida vidavil visavu vulaveu velasa-yuja sacasaa saasaha sahasatta sattasadda sadhusanda sapasama samasambhu 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 sambhusala salas ssdha sdhasi sisia sitasiniha sinehasivu sisasla susuca suasuppa subhas ssla sehaa hadahara hariyahi hisahisi hah hehahoa 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185
sa-sasa-gma160
260
261
VENERABLE U SILANANDA is the abbot of Dhammananda Vihara, Half Moon Bay, California, and the spiritual director of Centro Mexicano del Buddhismo Theravada A. C. He was chosen by the renowned Burmese meditation master, the Most Venerable Mahasi Sayadaw, to teach and spread the Buddhist teachings in North America. Venerable U Silananda has been a Buddhist monk for over fifty years. He holds two titles of Master in Dhamma and had taught at the Atithokdayone Pali University and served as the external examiner at the Department of Oriental Studies, The University of Arts and Sciences, Mandalay, Myanmar. He also was the chief compiler of the comprehensive Tipitaka Pali-Burmese Dictionary and one of the final editors of the Pali Texts, Commentaries, and Sub-Commentaries at the Sixth Buddhist Council, held in the Rangoon, Myanmar, in 1954. He is the author of seven books in Burmese and in English of the Four Foundations of Mindfulness published by Wisdom Publications in 1990. Since coming to the United States of America in 1979, Venerable U Silananda has been teaching insight meditation and Abhidhamma (Buddhist psychology), and leading courses and retreats throughout the country, in Canada, Mexico, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, and Jamaica. He teaches from an extraordinary depth of knowledge, communicating in clear and precise English. In 1993 he was awarded by the government of Myanmar with the title of Agga-Maha-Pandita in recognition for his achievements. He is loved by his students as a skilled, patient, and compassionate teacher.
261

Pali Roots in Saddaniti

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Pali Roots in Saddaniti

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

PALI ROOTS

of Buddhas Religion, which is the translation of a Pi work called Ssanavasa which is

dhtu. Saddantipadaml, 2. There are other definitions also.

7. Rudhdi Gaa 8. Tandi Gaa 9. Krydi Gaa 10. Curdi Gaa

nam (nam) u (u) n (n) ic (i)

But in Pi, roots are divided into 7 or 8 Gaas as follows:

a +a ya u, , u n ppa, h o, yir e, aya

GUIDE TO PALI ROOTS

CONJUGATIONAL SIGN (VIKARAA)

I II III IV V VI VII VIII

a -a ya u, , u n ppa, h o, yira e, aya

DIVDIGAA SVDIGAA KIYDIGAA GAHDIGAA TANDIGAA CURDIGAA

Guide to Pali Roots

Guide to Pali Roots

Root Meaning significado de la raz

Ref. Ref. VIII 348

Sanskrit Root raz snscrita

Root Meaning significado de raz

Ref. Ref. X 371

aka aki aki akka akkha

VIII 281 VIII 283 I 22

Guide to Pali Roots

STEPS PUT DOWN THE ROOT

PACA (COOKING-GROUP I) PAC PAC PC

(3A PERS. SG.) (3A PERS. SG.)

PCAKA (ONE WHO COOKS) PCAKA

PACATI (HEL/SHE COOKS) YTI

PCAKO (MASC., NOMINATIVE

a, , i, , u, , e, o, , k, kh, g, gh, , c, ch, j, jh, , , h, , h, , t, th, d, dh, n, p, ph, b, bh, m, y, r, l, v, s, h, .

aka aki aki akka akkha

VIII 281 VIII 283 I 22

aga agi agga agha acca

kuily gatau gatyartha kuily gatau ppe pjym

acca achi aja

pjym yme gati-kepaayo

ajja ajja aca

arj a arj a ac u vyay a

arjane prayatne gatau ycane ca gatau

gatau abhiyoge abdrtha statyagamane

ati attha adi adda

I 64, 209 VIII 311 I 86, 209 I 86

VIII 314 I 115

anu-rudha kme = desire; wish (icch) ||

anu-vi-dh anukarae = imitating ||

antara-dh adassane = not seeing;

dyupaghte, upasahre ity anye dyupasahre (K.)

apa appa abi abba

IV 245 VII 265 I 124

...... ...... ab i arv a abde hisym

abbha abhi ama

gatyartha abde gatydiu

ama aya ara araha araha ala

roge gatau gati-prpaayo pjym pjym bhaa-paryptivraeu rakaa-gati-kntiprti-tpty-avagamapravea-ravaasvmyartha-ycanakriyecch-dptyavpty-liganahisdna-bhgavddhiu gati-dpty-dneu

I 503 I 983 I 776

VIII 349 I 162

X 192 X 287 I 548

asa asu asu

bhojane kepae vyptau saghte ca

III 239 IV 246

gatau udyame see Vrtika of Pini 1.3.21

VIII 331 III 74, 226

upaveane icchym gatau adhyayane

ikkha ikhi igi ia iu idi idha